| 1 | // dear imgui, v1.91.0 |
|---|---|
| 2 | // (internal structures/api) |
| 3 | |
| 4 | // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | /* |
| 7 | |
| 8 | Index of this file: |
| 9 | |
| 10 | // [SECTION] Header mess |
| 11 | // [SECTION] Forward declarations |
| 12 | // [SECTION] Context pointer |
| 13 | // [SECTION] STB libraries includes |
| 14 | // [SECTION] Macros |
| 15 | // [SECTION] Generic helpers |
| 16 | // [SECTION] ImDrawList support |
| 17 | // [SECTION] Data types support |
| 18 | // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures |
| 19 | // [SECTION] Popup support |
| 20 | // [SECTION] Inputs support |
| 21 | // [SECTION] Clipper support |
| 22 | // [SECTION] Navigation support |
| 23 | // [SECTION] Typing-select support |
| 24 | // [SECTION] Columns support |
| 25 | // [SECTION] Box-select support |
| 26 | // [SECTION] Multi-select support |
| 27 | // [SECTION] Docking support |
| 28 | // [SECTION] Viewport support |
| 29 | // [SECTION] Settings support |
| 30 | // [SECTION] Localization support |
| 31 | // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools |
| 32 | // [SECTION] Generic context hooks |
| 33 | // [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) |
| 34 | // [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow |
| 35 | // [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support |
| 36 | // [SECTION] Table support |
| 37 | // [SECTION] ImGui internal API |
| 38 | // [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API |
| 39 | // [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) |
| 40 | |
| 41 | */ |
| 42 | |
| 43 | #pragma once |
| 44 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE |
| 45 | |
| 46 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 47 | // [SECTION] Header mess |
| 48 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 49 | |
| 50 | #ifndef IMGUI_VERSION |
| 51 | #include "imgui.h" |
| 52 | #endif |
| 53 | |
| 54 | #include <stdio.h> // FILE*, sscanf |
| 55 | #include <stdlib.h> // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof |
| 56 | #include <math.h> // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf |
| 57 | #include <limits.h> // INT_MIN, INT_MAX |
| 58 | |
| 59 | // Enable SSE intrinsics if available |
| 60 | #if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 || (defined(_M_IX86_FP) && (_M_IX86_FP >= 1))) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE) |
| 61 | #define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE |
| 62 | #include <immintrin.h> |
| 63 | #endif |
| 64 | |
| 65 | // Visual Studio warnings |
| 66 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 67 | #pragma warning (push) |
| 68 | #pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport) |
| 69 | #pragma warning (disable: 26812) // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) |
| 70 | #pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). |
| 71 | #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later |
| 72 | #pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types |
| 73 | #endif |
| 74 | #endif |
| 75 | |
| 76 | // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything |
| 77 | #if defined(__clang__) |
| 78 | #pragma clang diagnostic push |
| 79 | #if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") |
| 80 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' |
| 81 | #endif |
| 82 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' |
| 83 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloor() |
| 84 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h |
| 85 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h |
| 86 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" |
| 87 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" |
| 88 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" |
| 89 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision |
| 90 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn" // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn' |
| 91 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated |
| 92 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access |
| 93 | #elif defined(__GNUC__) |
| 94 | #pragma GCC diagnostic push |
| 95 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind |
| 96 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead |
| 97 | #endif |
| 98 | |
| 99 | // In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h |
| 100 | // As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h |
| 101 | #if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED) |
| 102 | #error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h! |
| 103 | #endif |
| 104 | |
| 105 | // Legacy defines |
| 106 | #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 |
| 107 | #error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS |
| 108 | #endif |
| 109 | #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 |
| 110 | #error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS |
| 111 | #endif |
| 112 | |
| 113 | // Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled. |
| 114 | // You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together. |
| 115 | #ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE |
| 116 | #define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE |
| 117 | #endif |
| 118 | |
| 119 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 120 | // [SECTION] Forward declarations |
| 121 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 122 | |
| 123 | struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value |
| 124 | struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) |
| 125 | struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance |
| 126 | struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances |
| 127 | struct ImGuiBoxSelectState; // Box-selection state (currently used by multi-selection, could potentially be used by others) |
| 128 | struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it |
| 129 | struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context |
| 130 | struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine |
| 131 | struct ImGuiDataVarInfo; // Variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum) |
| 132 | struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum |
| 133 | struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() |
| 134 | struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box |
| 135 | struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a deactivating InputText() while another is stealing active id |
| 136 | struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items |
| 137 | struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry. |
| 138 | struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only |
| 139 | struct ImGuiMultiSelectState; // Multi-selection persistent state (for focused selection). |
| 140 | struct ImGuiMultiSelectTempData; // Multi-selection temporary state (while traversing). |
| 141 | struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result |
| 142 | struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions |
| 143 | struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions |
| 144 | struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions |
| 145 | struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api |
| 146 | struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api |
| 147 | struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack |
| 148 | struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file |
| 149 | struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting |
| 150 | struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it |
| 151 | struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar |
| 152 | struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) |
| 153 | struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table |
| 154 | struct ImGuiTableHeaderData; // Storage for TableAngledHeadersRow() |
| 155 | struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table |
| 156 | struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table |
| 157 | struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. |
| 158 | struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings |
| 159 | struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings |
| 160 | struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData; // Temporary storage for TreeNode(). |
| 161 | struct ImGuiTypingSelectState; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() |
| 162 | struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public) |
| 163 | struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window |
| 164 | struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window) |
| 165 | struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) |
| 166 | |
| 167 | // Enumerations |
| 168 | // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. |
| 169 | enum ImGuiLocKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiLocKey // Enum: a localization entry for translation. |
| 170 | typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical |
| 171 | |
| 172 | // Flags |
| 173 | typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) |
| 174 | typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags |
| 175 | typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ // Flags: for FocusWindow(); |
| 176 | typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |
| 177 | typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() |
| 178 | typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() |
| 179 | typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests |
| 180 | typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions |
| 181 | typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions |
| 182 | typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags; // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ // Flags: for ScrollToItem() and navigation requests |
| 183 | typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() |
| 184 | typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() |
| 185 | typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() |
| 186 | typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest() |
| 187 | typedef int ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy() |
| 188 | |
| 189 | typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); |
| 190 | |
| 191 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 192 | // [SECTION] Context pointer |
| 193 | // See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details. |
| 194 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 195 | |
| 196 | #ifndef GImGui |
| 197 | extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer |
| 198 | #endif |
| 199 | |
| 200 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 201 | // [SECTION] STB libraries includes |
| 202 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 203 | |
| 204 | namespace ImStb |
| 205 | { |
| 206 | |
| 207 | #undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING |
| 208 | #undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE |
| 209 | #define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState |
| 210 | #define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar |
| 211 | #define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) |
| 212 | #define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 |
| 213 | #define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 |
| 214 | #include "imstb_textedit.h" |
| 215 | |
| 216 | } // namespace ImStb |
| 217 | |
| 218 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 219 | // [SECTION] Macros |
| 220 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 221 | |
| 222 | // Debug Printing Into TTY |
| 223 | // (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename) |
| 224 | #ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF |
| 225 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS |
| 226 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__) |
| 227 | #else |
| 228 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) ((void)0) |
| 229 | #endif |
| 230 | #endif |
| 231 | |
| 232 | // Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam. |
| 233 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS |
| 234 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__) |
| 235 | #else |
| 236 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) |
| 237 | #endif |
| 238 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) |
| 239 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) |
| 240 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) |
| 241 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) |
| 242 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) |
| 243 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) |
| 244 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) |
| 245 | #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING(...) do{if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) |
| 246 | |
| 247 | // Static Asserts |
| 248 | #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") |
| 249 | |
| 250 | // "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much. |
| 251 | // We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code. |
| 252 | //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID |
| 253 | #ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID |
| 254 | #define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) |
| 255 | #else |
| 256 | #define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) |
| 257 | #endif |
| 258 | |
| 259 | // Error handling |
| 260 | // Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults. |
| 261 | #ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR |
| 262 | #define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG) // Recoverable User Error |
| 263 | #endif |
| 264 | |
| 265 | // Misc Macros |
| 266 | #define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f |
| 267 | #ifdef _WIN32 |
| 268 | #define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!) |
| 269 | #else |
| 270 | #define IM_NEWLINE "\n" |
| 271 | #endif |
| 272 | #ifndef IM_TABSIZE // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override |
| 273 | #define IM_TABSIZE (4) |
| 274 | #endif |
| 275 | #define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 |
| 276 | #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose |
| 277 | #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 |
| 278 | #define IM_TRUNC(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImTrunc() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds |
| 279 | #define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // |
| 280 | #define IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) #_X |
| 281 | #define IM_STRINGIFY(_X) IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) // Preprocessor idiom to stringify e.g. an integer. |
| 282 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS |
| 283 | #define IM_FLOOR IM_TRUNC |
| 284 | #endif |
| 285 | |
| 286 | // Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall |
| 287 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 288 | #define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl |
| 289 | #else |
| 290 | #define IMGUI_CDECL |
| 291 | #endif |
| 292 | |
| 293 | // Warnings |
| 294 | #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) |
| 295 | #define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX)) |
| 296 | #else |
| 297 | #define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) |
| 298 | #endif |
| 299 | |
| 300 | // Debug Tools |
| 301 | // Use 'Metrics/Debugger->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. |
| 302 | // This will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() which you may redefine yourself. See https://github.com/scottt/debugbreak for more reference. |
| 303 | #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK |
| 304 | #if defined (_MSC_VER) |
| 305 | #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak() |
| 306 | #elif defined(__clang__) |
| 307 | #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() |
| 308 | #elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) |
| 309 | #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int3;nop") |
| 310 | #elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__) |
| 311 | #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01") |
| 312 | #elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__) |
| 313 | #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0") |
| 314 | #else |
| 315 | #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! |
| 316 | #endif |
| 317 | #endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK |
| 318 | |
| 319 | // Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... |
| 320 | // In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from <inttypes.h> (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. |
| 321 | #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) |
| 322 | #define IM_PRId64 "I64d" |
| 323 | #define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" |
| 324 | #define IM_PRIX64 "I64X" |
| 325 | #else |
| 326 | #define IM_PRId64 "lld" |
| 327 | #define IM_PRIu64 "llu" |
| 328 | #define IM_PRIX64 "llX" |
| 329 | #endif |
| 330 | |
| 331 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 332 | // [SECTION] Generic helpers |
| 333 | // Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions. |
| 334 | // ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions. |
| 335 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 336 | // - Helpers: Hashing |
| 337 | // - Helpers: Sorting |
| 338 | // - Helpers: Bit manipulation |
| 339 | // - Helpers: String |
| 340 | // - Helpers: Formatting |
| 341 | // - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions |
| 342 | // - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators |
| 343 | // - Helpers: Maths |
| 344 | // - Helpers: Geometry |
| 345 | // - Helper: ImVec1 |
| 346 | // - Helper: ImVec2ih |
| 347 | // - Helper: ImRect |
| 348 | // - Helper: ImBitArray |
| 349 | // - Helper: ImBitVector |
| 350 | // - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<> |
| 351 | // - Helper: ImPool<> |
| 352 | // - Helper: ImChunkStream<> |
| 353 | // - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex |
| 354 | // - Helper: ImGuiStorage |
| 355 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 356 | |
| 357 | // Helpers: Hashing |
| 358 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0); |
| 359 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0); |
| 360 | |
| 361 | // Helpers: Sorting |
| 362 | #ifndef ImQsort |
| 363 | static inline void ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element, int(IMGUI_CDECL *compare_func)(void const*, void const*)) { if (count > 1) qsort(base: base, nmemb: count, size: size_of_element, compar: compare_func); } |
| 364 | #endif |
| 365 | |
| 366 | // Helpers: Color Blending |
| 367 | IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b); |
| 368 | |
| 369 | // Helpers: Bit manipulation |
| 370 | static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } |
| 371 | static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } |
| 372 | static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } |
| 373 | |
| 374 | // Helpers: String |
| 375 | IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); // Case insensitive compare. |
| 376 | IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); // Case insensitive compare to a certain count. |
| 377 | IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't). |
| 378 | IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); // Duplicate a string. |
| 379 | IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); // Copy in provided buffer, recreate buffer if needed. |
| 380 | IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); // Find first occurrence of 'c' in string range. |
| 381 | IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line |
| 382 | IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); // Find a substring in a string range. |
| 383 | IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); // Remove leading and trailing blanks from a buffer. |
| 384 | IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); // Find first non-blank character. |
| 385 | IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); // Computer string length (ImWchar string) |
| 386 | IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line (ImWchar string) |
| 387 | IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF |
| 388 | static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; } |
| 389 | static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } |
| 390 | static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } |
| 391 | static inline bool ImCharIsXdigitA(char c) { return (c >= '0' && c <= '9') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); } |
| 392 | IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE |
| 393 | |
| 394 | // Helpers: Formatting |
| 395 | IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); |
| 396 | IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); |
| 397 | IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); |
| 398 | IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); |
| 399 | IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format); |
| 400 | IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format); |
| 401 | IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size); |
| 402 | IMGUI_API void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); |
| 403 | IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); |
| 404 | IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value); |
| 405 | |
| 406 | // Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions |
| 407 | IMGUI_API const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c); // return out_buf |
| 408 | IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count |
| 409 | IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count |
| 410 | IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count |
| 411 | IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) |
| 412 | IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 |
| 413 | IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 |
| 414 | IMGUI_API const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr); // return previous UTF-8 code-point. |
| 415 | IMGUI_API int ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of lines taken by text. trailing carriage return doesn't count as an extra line. |
| 416 | |
| 417 | // Helpers: File System |
| 418 | #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS |
| 419 | #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS |
| 420 | typedef void* ImFileHandle; |
| 421 | static inline ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*) { return NULL; } |
| 422 | static inline bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle) { return false; } |
| 423 | static inline ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle) { return (ImU64)-1; } |
| 424 | static inline ImU64 ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } |
| 425 | static inline ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } |
| 426 | #endif |
| 427 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS |
| 428 | typedef FILE* ImFileHandle; |
| 429 | IMGUI_API ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode); |
| 430 | IMGUI_API bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file); |
| 431 | IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file); |
| 432 | IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); |
| 433 | IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); |
| 434 | #else |
| 435 | #define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions |
| 436 | #endif |
| 437 | IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0); |
| 438 | |
| 439 | // Helpers: Maths |
| 440 | IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF |
| 441 | // - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy) |
| 442 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS |
| 443 | #define ImFabs(X) fabsf(X) |
| 444 | #define ImSqrt(X) sqrtf(X) |
| 445 | #define ImFmod(X, Y) fmodf((X), (Y)) |
| 446 | #define ImCos(X) cosf(X) |
| 447 | #define ImSin(X) sinf(X) |
| 448 | #define ImAcos(X) acosf(X) |
| 449 | #define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X)) |
| 450 | #define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR) |
| 451 | #define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X) |
| 452 | static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x: x, y: y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision |
| 453 | static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x: x, y: y); } |
| 454 | static inline float ImLog(float x) { return logf(x: x); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision |
| 455 | static inline double ImLog(double x) { return log(x: x); } |
| 456 | static inline int ImAbs(int x) { return x < 0 ? -x : x; } |
| 457 | static inline float ImAbs(float x) { return fabsf(x: x); } |
| 458 | static inline double ImAbs(double x) { return fabs(x: x); } |
| 459 | static inline float ImSign(float x) { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : (x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument |
| 460 | static inline double ImSign(double x) { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : (x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0; } |
| 461 | #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE |
| 462 | static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return _mm_cvtss_f32(a: _mm_rsqrt_ss(a: _mm_set_ss(w: x))); } |
| 463 | #else |
| 464 | static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); } |
| 465 | #endif |
| 466 | static inline double ImRsqrt(double x) { return 1.0 / sqrt(x: x); } |
| 467 | #endif |
| 468 | // - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double |
| 469 | // (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types) |
| 470 | template<typename T> static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; } |
| 471 | template<typename T> static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; } |
| 472 | template<typename T> static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; } |
| 473 | template<typename T> static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t) { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); } |
| 474 | template<typename T> static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b) { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; } |
| 475 | template<typename T> static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; } |
| 476 | template<typename T> static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; } |
| 477 | // - Misc maths helpers |
| 478 | static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } |
| 479 | static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } |
| 480 | static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2&mn, const ImVec2&mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } |
| 481 | static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); } |
| 482 | static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); } |
| 483 | static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); } |
| 484 | static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; } |
| 485 | static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); } |
| 486 | static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); } |
| 487 | static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(x: d); return fail_value; } |
| 488 | static inline float ImTrunc(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } |
| 489 | static inline ImVec2 ImTrunc(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } |
| 490 | static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() |
| 491 | static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloor(f: v.x), ImFloor(f: v.y)); } |
| 492 | static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } |
| 493 | static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } |
| 494 | static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } |
| 495 | static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(lhs: current + speed, rhs: target); if (current > target) return ImMax(lhs: current - speed, rhs: target); return current; } |
| 496 | static inline float ImLinearRemapClamp(float s0, float s1, float d0, float d1, float x) { return ImSaturate(f: (x - s0) / (s1 - s0)) * (d1 - d0) + d0; } |
| 497 | static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } |
| 498 | static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; } |
| 499 | static inline float ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; } |
| 500 | IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE |
| 501 | |
| 502 | // Helpers: Geometry |
| 503 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t); |
| 504 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments |
| 505 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol |
| 506 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t); |
| 507 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); |
| 508 | IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); |
| 509 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); |
| 510 | IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); |
| 511 | inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } |
| 512 | inline bool ImTriangleIsClockwise(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ((b.x - a.x) * (c.y - b.y)) - ((c.x - b.x) * (b.y - a.y)) > 0.0f; } |
| 513 | |
| 514 | // Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector) |
| 515 | // (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) |
| 516 | IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF |
| 517 | struct ImVec1 |
| 518 | { |
| 519 | float x; |
| 520 | constexpr ImVec1() : x(0.0f) { } |
| 521 | constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { } |
| 522 | }; |
| 523 | |
| 524 | // Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage) |
| 525 | struct ImVec2ih |
| 526 | { |
| 527 | short x, y; |
| 528 | constexpr ImVec2ih() : x(0), y(0) {} |
| 529 | constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) : x(_x), y(_y) {} |
| 530 | constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {} |
| 531 | }; |
| 532 | |
| 533 | // Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box) |
| 534 | // NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here! |
| 535 | struct IMGUI_API ImRect |
| 536 | { |
| 537 | ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left |
| 538 | ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right |
| 539 | |
| 540 | constexpr ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} |
| 541 | constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} |
| 542 | constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} |
| 543 | constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} |
| 544 | |
| 545 | ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); } |
| 546 | ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } |
| 547 | float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; } |
| 548 | float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; } |
| 549 | float GetArea() const { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); } |
| 550 | ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left |
| 551 | ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right |
| 552 | ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left |
| 553 | ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right |
| 554 | bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } |
| 555 | bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; } |
| 556 | bool ContainsWithPad(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& pad) const { return p.x >= Min.x - pad.x && p.y >= Min.y - pad.y && p.x < Max.x + pad.x && p.y < Max.y + pad.y; } |
| 557 | bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } |
| 558 | void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; } |
| 559 | void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; } |
| 560 | void Expand(const float amount) { Min.x -= amount; Min.y -= amount; Max.x += amount; Max.y += amount; } |
| 561 | void Expand(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; } |
| 562 | void Translate(const ImVec2& d) { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; } |
| 563 | void TranslateX(float dx) { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; } |
| 564 | void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; } |
| 565 | void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(lhs: Min, rhs: r.Min); Max = ImMin(lhs: Max, rhs: r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display. |
| 566 | void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(v: Min, mn: r.Min, mx: r.Max); Max = ImClamp(v: Max, mn: r.Min, mx: r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. |
| 567 | void Floor() { Min.x = IM_TRUNC(Min.x); Min.y = IM_TRUNC(Min.y); Max.x = IM_TRUNC(Max.x); Max.y = IM_TRUNC(Max.y); } |
| 568 | bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } |
| 569 | ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } |
| 570 | }; |
| 571 | |
| 572 | // Helper: ImBitArray |
| 573 | #define IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly! |
| 574 | #define IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31)))) // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly! |
| 575 | inline size_t ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount) { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; } |
| 576 | inline void ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(s: arr, c: 0, n: ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); } |
| 577 | inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } |
| 578 | inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } |
| 579 | inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } |
| 580 | inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2) |
| 581 | { |
| 582 | n2--; |
| 583 | while (n <= n2) |
| 584 | { |
| 585 | int a_mod = (n & 31); |
| 586 | int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1; |
| 587 | ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1); |
| 588 | arr[n >> 5] |= mask; |
| 589 | n = (n + 32) & ~31; |
| 590 | } |
| 591 | } |
| 592 | |
| 593 | typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs |
| 594 | |
| 595 | // Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) |
| 596 | // Store 1-bit per value. |
| 597 | template<int BITCOUNT, int OFFSET = 0> |
| 598 | struct ImBitArray |
| 599 | { |
| 600 | ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5]; |
| 601 | ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } |
| 602 | void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } |
| 603 | void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } |
| 604 | bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); } |
| 605 | void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } |
| 606 | void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } |
| 607 | void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) |
| 608 | bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); } |
| 609 | }; |
| 610 | |
| 611 | // Helper: ImBitVector |
| 612 | // Store 1-bit per value. |
| 613 | struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector |
| 614 | { |
| 615 | ImVector<ImU32> Storage; |
| 616 | void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize(new_size: (sz + 31) >> 5); memset(s: Storage.Data, c: 0, n: (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } |
| 617 | void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } |
| 618 | bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); } |
| 619 | void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(arr: Storage.Data, n); } |
| 620 | void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(arr: Storage.Data, n); } |
| 621 | }; |
| 622 | IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE |
| 623 | |
| 624 | // Helper: ImSpan<> |
| 625 | // Pointing to a span of data we don't own. |
| 626 | template<typename T> |
| 627 | struct ImSpan |
| 628 | { |
| 629 | T* Data; |
| 630 | T* DataEnd; |
| 631 | |
| 632 | // Constructors, destructor |
| 633 | inline ImSpan() { Data = DataEnd = NULL; } |
| 634 | inline ImSpan(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } |
| 635 | inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } |
| 636 | |
| 637 | inline void set(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } |
| 638 | inline void set(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } |
| 639 | inline int size() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); } |
| 640 | inline int size_in_bytes() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); } |
| 641 | inline T& operator[](int i) { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } |
| 642 | inline const T& operator[](int i) const { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } |
| 643 | |
| 644 | inline T* begin() { return Data; } |
| 645 | inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } |
| 646 | inline T* end() { return DataEnd; } |
| 647 | inline const T* end() const { return DataEnd; } |
| 648 | |
| 649 | // Utilities |
| 650 | inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } |
| 651 | }; |
| 652 | |
| 653 | // Helper: ImSpanAllocator<> |
| 654 | // Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena") |
| 655 | // - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges. |
| 656 | template<int CHUNKS> |
| 657 | struct ImSpanAllocator |
| 658 | { |
| 659 | char* BasePtr; |
| 660 | int CurrOff; |
| 661 | int CurrIdx; |
| 662 | int Offsets[CHUNKS]; |
| 663 | int Sizes[CHUNKS]; |
| 664 | |
| 665 | ImSpanAllocator() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } |
| 666 | inline void Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; } |
| 667 | inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return CurrOff; } |
| 668 | inline void SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr) { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; } |
| 669 | inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); } |
| 670 | inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); } |
| 671 | template<typename T> |
| 672 | inline void GetSpan(int n, ImSpan<T>* span) { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); } |
| 673 | }; |
| 674 | |
| 675 | // Helper: ImPool<> |
| 676 | // Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer, |
| 677 | // Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. |
| 678 | typedef int ImPoolIdx; |
| 679 | template<typename T> |
| 680 | struct ImPool |
| 681 | { |
| 682 | ImVector<T> Buf; // Contiguous data |
| 683 | ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index |
| 684 | ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use |
| 685 | ImPoolIdx AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose) |
| 686 | |
| 687 | ImPool() { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; } |
| 688 | ~ImPool() { Clear(); } |
| 689 | T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key) { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, default_val: -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; } |
| 690 | T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; } |
| 691 | ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); } |
| 692 | T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key) { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, default_val: -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); } |
| 693 | bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } |
| 694 | void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; } |
| 695 | T* Add() { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); AliveCount++; return &Buf[idx]; } |
| 696 | void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); } |
| 697 | void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx) { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, val: -1); AliveCount--; } |
| 698 | void Reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(new_capacity: capacity); } |
| 699 | |
| 700 | // To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... } |
| 701 | // Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize() |
| 702 | int GetAliveCount() const { return AliveCount; } // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose) |
| 703 | int GetBufSize() const { return Buf.Size; } |
| 704 | int GetMapSize() const { return Map.Data.Size; } // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere |
| 705 | T* TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(n: idx); } |
| 706 | }; |
| 707 | |
| 708 | // Helper: ImChunkStream<> |
| 709 | // Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures. |
| 710 | // This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count. |
| 711 | // We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries. |
| 712 | // The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. |
| 713 | template<typename T> |
| 714 | struct ImChunkStream |
| 715 | { |
| 716 | ImVector<char> Buf; |
| 717 | |
| 718 | void clear() { Buf.clear(); } |
| 719 | bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; } |
| 720 | int size() const { return Buf.Size; } |
| 721 | T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(new_size: off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } |
| 722 | T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); } |
| 723 | T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; } |
| 724 | int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; } |
| 725 | T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } |
| 726 | int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } |
| 727 | T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } |
| 728 | void swap(ImChunkStream<T>& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); } |
| 729 | }; |
| 730 | |
| 731 | // Helper: ImGuiTextIndex |
| 732 | // Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API. |
| 733 | struct ImGuiTextIndex |
| 734 | { |
| 735 | ImVector<int> LineOffsets; |
| 736 | int EndOffset = 0; // Because we don't own text buffer we need to maintain EndOffset (may bake in LineOffsets?) |
| 737 | |
| 738 | void clear() { LineOffsets.clear(); EndOffset = 0; } |
| 739 | int size() { return LineOffsets.Size; } |
| 740 | const char* get_line_begin(const char* base, int n) { return base + LineOffsets[n]; } |
| 741 | const char* get_line_end(const char* base, int n) { return base + (n + 1 < LineOffsets.Size ? (LineOffsets[n + 1] - 1) : EndOffset); } |
| 742 | void append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size); |
| 743 | }; |
| 744 | |
| 745 | // Helper: ImGuiStorage |
| 746 | IMGUI_API ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key); |
| 747 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 748 | // [SECTION] ImDrawList support |
| 749 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 750 | |
| 751 | // ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value. |
| 752 | // Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693 |
| 753 | // Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation: |
| 754 | // N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) ) where r > 0, error <= r |
| 755 | // Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is |
| 756 | // perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will |
| 757 | // will get this result. |
| 758 | // |
| 759 | // Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce |
| 760 | // asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.) |
| 761 | #define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2) |
| 762 | #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4 |
| 763 | #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512 |
| 764 | #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX) |
| 765 | |
| 766 | // Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'. |
| 767 | #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR) ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI)))) |
| 768 | #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD) ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD)) |
| 769 | |
| 770 | // ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle. |
| 771 | #ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE |
| 772 | #define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE 48 // Number of samples in lookup table. |
| 773 | #endif |
| 774 | #define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle. |
| 775 | |
| 776 | // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances |
| 777 | // You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure. |
| 778 | struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData |
| 779 | { |
| 780 | ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas |
| 781 | ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) |
| 782 | float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) |
| 783 | float FontScale; // Current/default font scale (== FontSize / Font->FontSize) |
| 784 | float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() |
| 785 | float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc |
| 786 | ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() |
| 787 | ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) |
| 788 | |
| 789 | // [Internal] Temp write buffer |
| 790 | ImVector<ImVec2> TempBuffer; |
| 791 | |
| 792 | // [Internal] Lookup tables |
| 793 | ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle. |
| 794 | float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo() |
| 795 | ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead) |
| 796 | const ImVec4* TexUvLines; // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas |
| 797 | |
| 798 | ImDrawListSharedData(); |
| 799 | void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error); |
| 800 | }; |
| 801 | |
| 802 | struct ImDrawDataBuilder |
| 803 | { |
| 804 | ImVector<ImDrawList*>* Layers[2]; // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData. |
| 805 | ImVector<ImDrawList*> LayerData1; |
| 806 | |
| 807 | ImDrawDataBuilder() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 808 | }; |
| 809 | |
| 810 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 811 | // [SECTION] Data types support |
| 812 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 813 | |
| 814 | struct ImGuiDataVarInfo |
| 815 | { |
| 816 | ImGuiDataType Type; |
| 817 | ImU32 Count; // 1+ |
| 818 | ImU32 Offset; // Offset in parent structure |
| 819 | void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); } |
| 820 | }; |
| 821 | |
| 822 | struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage |
| 823 | { |
| 824 | ImU8 Data[8]; // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT |
| 825 | }; |
| 826 | |
| 827 | // Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). |
| 828 | struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo |
| 829 | { |
| 830 | size_t Size; // Size in bytes |
| 831 | const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging |
| 832 | const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type |
| 833 | const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type |
| 834 | }; |
| 835 | |
| 836 | // Extend ImGuiDataType_ |
| 837 | enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ |
| 838 | { |
| 839 | ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, |
| 840 | ImGuiDataType_Pointer, |
| 841 | ImGuiDataType_ID, |
| 842 | }; |
| 843 | |
| 844 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 845 | // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures |
| 846 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 847 | |
| 848 | // Extend ImGuiItemFlags |
| 849 | // - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags. |
| 850 | // - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags |
| 851 | enum ImGuiItemFlagsPrivate_ |
| 852 | { |
| 853 | // Controlled by user |
| 854 | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 10, // false // Disable interactions (DOES NOT affect visuals, see BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() for full disable feature, and github #211). |
| 855 | ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 11, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. |
| 856 | ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 12, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) |
| 857 | ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 13, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() |
| 858 | ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 14, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame. |
| 859 | |
| 860 | // Controlled by widget code |
| 861 | ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 20, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. |
| 862 | ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData = 1 << 21, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() |
| 863 | ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect = 1 << 22, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() |
| 864 | |
| 865 | ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Please don't change, use PushItemFlag() instead. |
| 866 | |
| 867 | // Obsolete |
| 868 | //ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = !ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Can't have a redirect as we inverted the behavior |
| 869 | }; |
| 870 | |
| 871 | // Status flags for an already submitted item |
| 872 | // - output: stored in g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |
| 873 | enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ |
| 874 | { |
| 875 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, |
| 876 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test) |
| 877 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // g.LastItemData.DisplayRect is valid |
| 878 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) |
| 879 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues. |
| 880 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. |
| 881 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. |
| 882 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. |
| 883 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. |
| 884 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 8, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). |
| 885 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect = 1 << 9, // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid. |
| 886 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 10, // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd(). |
| 887 | |
| 888 | // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine |
| 889 | #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE |
| 890 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode) |
| 891 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // Opened status |
| 892 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem) |
| 893 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // Checked status |
| 894 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable = 1 << 24, // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX) |
| 895 | #endif |
| 896 | }; |
| 897 | |
| 898 | // Extend ImGuiHoveredFlags_ |
| 899 | enum ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_ |
| 900 | { |
| 901 | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_ = ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay, |
| 902 | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary, |
| 903 | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_, |
| 904 | }; |
| 905 | |
| 906 | // Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_ |
| 907 | enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ |
| 908 | { |
| 909 | // [Internal] |
| 910 | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() |
| 911 | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data |
| 912 | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28, // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. |
| 913 | ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint= 1 << 29, // For internal use by InputScalar() and TempInputScalar() |
| 914 | }; |
| 915 | |
| 916 | // Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_ |
| 917 | enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ |
| 918 | { |
| 919 | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 4, // return true on click (mouse down event) |
| 920 | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 5, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using |
| 921 | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item |
| 922 | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 7, // return true on release (default requires click+release) |
| 923 | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 8, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release) |
| 924 | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) |
| 925 | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat |
| 926 | ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping |
| 927 | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable. |
| 928 | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] |
| 929 | //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled |
| 930 | ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine |
| 931 | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held |
| 932 | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) |
| 933 | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used every time an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags) |
| 934 | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item |
| 935 | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 20, // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) |
| 936 | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner = 1 << 21, // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) |
| 937 | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold, |
| 938 | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease, |
| 939 | }; |
| 940 | |
| 941 | // Extend ImGuiComboFlags_ |
| 942 | enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ |
| 943 | { |
| 944 | ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview = 1 << 20, // enable BeginComboPreview() |
| 945 | }; |
| 946 | |
| 947 | // Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_ |
| 948 | enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ |
| 949 | { |
| 950 | ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? |
| 951 | ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead. |
| 952 | }; |
| 953 | |
| 954 | // Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ |
| 955 | enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ |
| 956 | { |
| 957 | // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ |
| 958 | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, |
| 959 | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav = 1 << 21, // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. |
| 960 | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) |
| 961 | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 23, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) |
| 962 | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 24, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) |
| 963 | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) |
| 964 | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 26, // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f |
| 965 | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 27, // Don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) |
| 966 | }; |
| 967 | |
| 968 | // Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ |
| 969 | enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ |
| 970 | { |
| 971 | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 28,// FIXME-WIP: Hard-coded for CollapsingHeader() |
| 972 | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow = 1 << 29,// FIXME-WIP: Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517) |
| 973 | }; |
| 974 | |
| 975 | enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ |
| 976 | { |
| 977 | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, |
| 978 | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar |
| 979 | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, |
| 980 | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, // Make separator cover all columns of a legacy Columns() set. |
| 981 | }; |
| 982 | |
| 983 | // Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags. |
| 984 | // FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf() |
| 985 | // and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in. |
| 986 | enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ |
| 987 | { |
| 988 | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None = 0, |
| 989 | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild = 1 << 0, // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. |
| 990 | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal = 1 << 1, // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal. |
| 991 | }; |
| 992 | |
| 993 | enum ImGuiTextFlags_ |
| 994 | { |
| 995 | ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, |
| 996 | ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0, |
| 997 | }; |
| 998 | |
| 999 | enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ |
| 1000 | { |
| 1001 | ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, |
| 1002 | ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious = 1 << 1, // Clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) |
| 1003 | }; |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. |
| 1006 | // Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 |
| 1007 | enum ImGuiLayoutType_ |
| 1008 | { |
| 1009 | ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0, |
| 1010 | ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1 |
| 1011 | }; |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | enum ImGuiLogType |
| 1014 | { |
| 1015 | ImGuiLogType_None = 0, |
| 1016 | ImGuiLogType_TTY, |
| 1017 | ImGuiLogType_File, |
| 1018 | ImGuiLogType_Buffer, |
| 1019 | ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, |
| 1020 | }; |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | // X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 |
| 1023 | enum ImGuiAxis |
| 1024 | { |
| 1025 | ImGuiAxis_None = -1, |
| 1026 | ImGuiAxis_X = 0, |
| 1027 | ImGuiAxis_Y = 1 |
| 1028 | }; |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | enum ImGuiPlotType |
| 1031 | { |
| 1032 | ImGuiPlotType_Lines, |
| 1033 | ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, |
| 1034 | }; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it |
| 1037 | struct ImGuiColorMod |
| 1038 | { |
| 1039 | ImGuiCol Col; |
| 1040 | ImVec4 BackupValue; |
| 1041 | }; |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. |
| 1044 | struct ImGuiStyleMod |
| 1045 | { |
| 1046 | ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx; |
| 1047 | union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; }; |
| 1048 | ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; } |
| 1049 | ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; } |
| 1050 | ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } |
| 1051 | }; |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | // Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview() |
| 1054 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData |
| 1055 | { |
| 1056 | ImRect PreviewRect; |
| 1057 | ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; |
| 1058 | ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; |
| 1059 | ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine; |
| 1060 | float BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset; |
| 1061 | ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout; |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 | ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1064 | }; |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() |
| 1067 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData |
| 1068 | { |
| 1069 | ImGuiID WindowID; |
| 1070 | ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; |
| 1071 | ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; |
| 1072 | ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine; |
| 1073 | ImVec1 BackupIndent; |
| 1074 | ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; |
| 1075 | ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; |
| 1076 | float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; |
| 1077 | ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; |
| 1078 | bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; |
| 1079 | bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive; |
| 1080 | bool BackupIsSameLine; |
| 1081 | bool EmitItem; |
| 1082 | }; |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. |
| 1085 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns |
| 1086 | { |
| 1087 | ImU32 TotalWidth; |
| 1088 | ImU32 NextTotalWidth; |
| 1089 | ImU16 Spacing; |
| 1090 | ImU16 OffsetIcon; // Always zero for now |
| 1091 | ImU16 OffsetLabel; // Offsets are locked in Update() |
| 1092 | ImU16 OffsetShortcut; |
| 1093 | ImU16 OffsetMark; |
| 1094 | ImU16 Widths[4]; // Width of: Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark (accumulators for current frame) |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1097 | void Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing); |
| 1098 | float DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark); |
| 1099 | void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets); |
| 1100 | }; |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | // Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances. |
| 1103 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState |
| 1104 | { |
| 1105 | ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated) |
| 1106 | ImVector<char> TextA; // text buffer |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 | ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1109 | void ClearFreeMemory() { ID = 0; TextA.clear(); } |
| 1110 | }; |
| 1111 | // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box |
| 1112 | // For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() |
| 1113 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState |
| 1114 | { |
| 1115 | ImGuiContext* Ctx; // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). |
| 1116 | ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state |
| 1117 | int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. |
| 1118 | ImVector<ImWchar> TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. |
| 1119 | ImVector<char> TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. |
| 1120 | ImVector<char> InitialTextA; // value to revert to when pressing Escape = backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) |
| 1121 | bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) |
| 1122 | int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity |
| 1123 | float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset |
| 1124 | ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h |
| 1125 | float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately |
| 1126 | bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) |
| 1127 | bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection |
| 1128 | bool Edited; // edited this frame |
| 1129 | ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set. |
| 1130 | bool ReloadUserBuf; // force a reload of user buf so it may be modified externally. may be automatic in future version. |
| 1131 | int ReloadSelectionStart; // POSITIONS ARE IN IMWCHAR units *NOT* UTF-8 this is why this is not exposed yet. |
| 1132 | int ReloadSelectionEnd; |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1135 | void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } |
| 1136 | void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } |
| 1137 | int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } |
| 1138 | int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } |
| 1139 | void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | // Cursor & Selection |
| 1142 | void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking |
| 1143 | void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(lhs: Stb.cursor, rhs: CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(lhs: Stb.select_start, rhs: CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(lhs: Stb.select_end, rhs: CurLenW); } |
| 1144 | bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } |
| 1145 | void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } |
| 1146 | int GetCursorPos() const { return Stb.cursor; } |
| 1147 | int GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb.select_start; } |
| 1148 | int GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb.select_end; } |
| 1149 | void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | // Reload user buf (WIP #2890) |
| 1152 | // If you modify underlying user-passed const char* while active you need to call this (InputText V2 may lift this) |
| 1153 | // strcpy(my_buf, "hello"); |
| 1154 | // if (ImGuiInputTextState* state = ImGui::GetInputTextState(id)) // id may be ImGui::GetItemID() is last item |
| 1155 | // state->ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll(); |
| 1156 | void ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = 0; ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; } |
| 1157 | void ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = Stb.select_start; ReloadSelectionEnd = Stb.select_end; } |
| 1158 | void ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; } |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | }; |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_None = 0, |
| 1165 | ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh = 1 << 0, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Try to keep existing contents, USER MUST NOT HONOR BEGIN() RETURNING FALSE AND NOT APPEND. |
| 1166 | ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover = 1 << 1, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on hover |
| 1167 | ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus = 1 << 2, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on focus |
| 1168 | // Refresh policy/frequency, Load Balancing etc. |
| 1169 | }; |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ |
| 1172 | { |
| 1173 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None = 0, |
| 1174 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos = 1 << 0, |
| 1175 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize = 1 << 1, |
| 1176 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize = 1 << 2, |
| 1177 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed = 1 << 3, |
| 1178 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4, |
| 1179 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, |
| 1180 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, |
| 1181 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, |
| 1182 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags = 1 << 8, |
| 1183 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy = 1 << 9, |
| 1184 | }; |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions |
| 1187 | struct ImGuiNextWindowData |
| 1188 | { |
| 1189 | ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags Flags; |
| 1190 | ImGuiCond PosCond; |
| 1191 | ImGuiCond SizeCond; |
| 1192 | ImGuiCond CollapsedCond; |
| 1193 | ImVec2 PosVal; |
| 1194 | ImVec2 PosPivotVal; |
| 1195 | ImVec2 SizeVal; |
| 1196 | ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; |
| 1197 | ImVec2 ScrollVal; |
| 1198 | ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; |
| 1199 | bool CollapsedVal; |
| 1200 | ImRect SizeConstraintRect; |
| 1201 | ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback; |
| 1202 | void* SizeCallbackUserData; |
| 1203 | float BgAlphaVal; // Override background alpha |
| 1204 | ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?) |
| 1205 | ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags RefreshFlagsVal; |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1208 | inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } |
| 1209 | }; |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ |
| 1212 | { |
| 1213 | ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, |
| 1214 | ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, |
| 1215 | ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, |
| 1216 | ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 2, |
| 1217 | ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal = 1 << 3, |
| 1218 | ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID = 1 << 4, |
| 1219 | }; |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | struct ImGuiNextItemData |
| 1222 | { |
| 1223 | ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; |
| 1224 | ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap and ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData. |
| 1225 | // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem() |
| 1226 | ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() |
| 1227 | ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values) |
| 1228 | float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() |
| 1229 | ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut() |
| 1230 | ImGuiInputFlags ShortcutFlags; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut() |
| 1231 | bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() |
| 1232 | ImU8 OpenCond; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() |
| 1233 | ImGuiDataTypeStorage RefVal; // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal |
| 1234 | ImGuiID StorageId; // Set by SetNextItemStorageID() |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; } |
| 1237 | inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! |
| 1238 | }; |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 | // Status storage for the last submitted item |
| 1241 | struct ImGuiLastItemData |
| 1242 | { |
| 1243 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 1244 | ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // See ImGuiItemFlags_ |
| 1245 | ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ |
| 1246 | ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle |
| 1247 | ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed) |
| 1248 | // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags ar set. |
| 1249 | ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) is set. |
| 1250 | ImRect ClipRect; // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) is set.. |
| 1251 | ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Shortcut at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) is set.. |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1254 | }; |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | // Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() |
| 1257 | // - To implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere: store the minimum amount of data |
| 1258 | // which we can't infer in TreePop(), to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult(). |
| 1259 | // Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump. |
| 1260 | struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData |
| 1261 | { |
| 1262 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 1263 | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags TreeFlags; |
| 1264 | ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // Used for nav landing |
| 1265 | ImRect NavRect; // Used for nav landing |
| 1266 | }; |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes |
| 1269 | { |
| 1270 | short SizeOfIDStack; |
| 1271 | short SizeOfColorStack; |
| 1272 | short SizeOfStyleVarStack; |
| 1273 | short SizeOfFontStack; |
| 1274 | short SizeOfFocusScopeStack; |
| 1275 | short SizeOfGroupStack; |
| 1276 | short SizeOfItemFlagsStack; |
| 1277 | short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; |
| 1278 | short SizeOfDisabledStack; |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1281 | void SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx); |
| 1282 | void CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx); |
| 1283 | }; |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 | // Data saved for each window pushed into the stack |
| 1286 | struct ImGuiWindowStackData |
| 1287 | { |
| 1288 | ImGuiWindow* Window; |
| 1289 | ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; |
| 1290 | ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting |
| 1291 | bool DisabledOverrideReenable; // Non-child window override disabled flag |
| 1292 | }; |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem |
| 1295 | { |
| 1296 | int Index; |
| 1297 | float Width; |
| 1298 | float InitialWidth; |
| 1299 | }; |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex |
| 1302 | { |
| 1303 | void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool. |
| 1304 | int Index; // Usually index in a main pool. |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr) { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; } |
| 1307 | ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } |
| 1308 | }; |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1311 | // [SECTION] Popup support |
| 1312 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy |
| 1315 | { |
| 1316 | ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, |
| 1317 | ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, |
| 1318 | ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, |
| 1319 | }; |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 | // Storage for popup stacks (g.OpenPopupStack and g.BeginPopupStack) |
| 1322 | struct ImGuiPopupData |
| 1323 | { |
| 1324 | ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() |
| 1325 | ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() |
| 1326 | ImGuiWindow* RestoreNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close |
| 1327 | int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value |
| 1328 | int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() |
| 1329 | ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) |
| 1330 | ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) |
| 1331 | ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | ImGuiPopupData() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } |
| 1334 | }; |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1337 | // [SECTION] Inputs support |
| 1338 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | // Bit array for named keys |
| 1341 | typedef ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, -ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN> ImBitArrayForNamedKeys; |
| 1342 | |
| 1343 | // [Internal] Key ranges |
| 1344 | #define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN 0 |
| 1345 | #define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END 512 |
| 1346 | #define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) |
| 1347 | #define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart) |
| 1348 | #define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart) |
| 1349 | #define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1) |
| 1350 | #define ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) |
| 1351 | #define ImGuiKey_Mouse_END (ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY + 1) |
| 1352 | #define ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN) |
| 1353 | #define ImGuiKey_Aliases_END (ImGuiKey_Mouse_END) |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | // [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation |
| 1356 | #define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow ImGuiMod_Ctrl |
| 1357 | #define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast ImGuiMod_Shift |
| 1358 | #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow ImGuiKey_GamepadL1 |
| 1359 | #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast ImGuiKey_GamepadR1 |
| 1360 | #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown) |
| 1361 | #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight) |
| 1362 | #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft |
| 1363 | #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | enum ImGuiInputEventType |
| 1366 | { |
| 1367 | ImGuiInputEventType_None = 0, |
| 1368 | ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos, |
| 1369 | ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel, |
| 1370 | ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, |
| 1371 | ImGuiInputEventType_Key, |
| 1372 | ImGuiInputEventType_Text, |
| 1373 | ImGuiInputEventType_Focus, |
| 1374 | ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT |
| 1375 | }; |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | enum ImGuiInputSource |
| 1378 | { |
| 1379 | ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, |
| 1380 | ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them. |
| 1381 | ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, |
| 1382 | ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, |
| 1383 | ImGuiInputSource_COUNT |
| 1384 | }; |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | // FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension? |
| 1387 | // Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor' |
| 1388 | struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; |
| 1389 | struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; |
| 1390 | struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; |
| 1391 | struct ImGuiInputEventKey { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; }; |
| 1392 | struct ImGuiInputEventText { unsigned int Char; }; |
| 1393 | struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused { bool Focused; }; |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | struct ImGuiInputEvent |
| 1396 | { |
| 1397 | ImGuiInputEventType Type; |
| 1398 | ImGuiInputSource Source; |
| 1399 | ImU32 EventId; // Unique, sequential increasing integer to identify an event (if you need to correlate them to other data). |
| 1400 | union |
| 1401 | { |
| 1402 | ImGuiInputEventMousePos MousePos; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos |
| 1403 | ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel MouseWheel; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel |
| 1404 | ImGuiInputEventMouseButton MouseButton; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton |
| 1405 | ImGuiInputEventKey Key; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key |
| 1406 | ImGuiInputEventText Text; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text |
| 1407 | ImGuiInputEventAppFocused AppFocused; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus |
| 1408 | }; |
| 1409 | bool AddedByTestEngine; |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | ImGuiInputEvent() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1412 | }; |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | // Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior. |
| 1415 | #define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any ((ImGuiID)0) // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. |
| 1416 | #define ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner. |
| 1417 | //#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner // We previously called this 'ImGuiKeyOwner_None' but it was inconsistent with our pattern that _None values == 0 and quite dangerous. Also using _NoOwner makes the IsKeyPressed() calls more explicit. |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex; |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | // Routing table entry (sizeof() == 16 bytes) |
| 1422 | struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData |
| 1423 | { |
| 1424 | ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex NextEntryIndex; |
| 1425 | ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. |
| 1426 | ImU8 RoutingCurrScore; // [DEBUG] For debug display |
| 1427 | ImU8 RoutingNextScore; // Lower is better (0: perfect score) |
| 1428 | ImGuiID RoutingCurr; |
| 1429 | ImGuiID RoutingNext; |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; } |
| 1432 | }; |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | // Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching. |
| 1435 | // Stored in main context (1 instance) |
| 1436 | struct ImGuiKeyRoutingTable |
| 1437 | { |
| 1438 | ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex Index[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; // Index of first entry in Entries[] |
| 1439 | ImVector<ImGuiKeyRoutingData> Entries; |
| 1440 | ImVector<ImGuiKeyRoutingData> EntriesNext; // Double-buffer to avoid reallocation (could use a shared buffer) |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | ImGuiKeyRoutingTable() { Clear(); } |
| 1443 | void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Index); n++) Index[n] = -1; Entries.clear(); EntriesNext.clear(); } |
| 1444 | }; |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | // This extends ImGuiKeyData but only for named keys (legacy keys don't support the new features) |
| 1447 | // Stored in main context (1 per named key). In the future it might be merged into ImGuiKeyData. |
| 1448 | struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData |
| 1449 | { |
| 1450 | ImGuiID OwnerCurr; |
| 1451 | ImGuiID OwnerNext; |
| 1452 | bool LockThisFrame; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame. |
| 1453 | bool LockUntilRelease; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well. |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; } |
| 1456 | }; |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 | // Extend ImGuiInputFlags_ |
| 1459 | // Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() |
| 1460 | // Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function) |
| 1461 | enum ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_ |
| 1462 | { |
| 1463 | // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() |
| 1464 | // - Repeat mode: Repeat rate selection |
| 1465 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) |
| 1466 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast |
| 1467 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster |
| 1468 | // - Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted. |
| 1469 | // - In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in. |
| 1470 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease = 1 << 4, // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior. |
| 1471 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange = 1 << 5, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut) |
| 1472 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod. |
| 1473 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress = 1 << 7, // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() |
| 1476 | // - Locking key away from non-input aware code. Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary. |
| 1477 | ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 20, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. |
| 1478 | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 21, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | // - Condition for SetItemKeyOwner() |
| 1481 | ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 22, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) |
| 1482 | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 23, // Only set if item is active (default to both) |
| 1483 | ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags |
| 1486 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, |
| 1487 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress, |
| 1488 | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_, |
| 1489 | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, |
| 1490 | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, |
| 1491 | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow, |
| 1492 | ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_, |
| 1493 | ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, |
| 1494 | ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_, |
| 1495 | ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip, |
| 1496 | ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease, |
| 1497 | ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_, |
| 1498 | }; |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1501 | // [SECTION] Clipper support |
| 1502 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | // Note that Max is exclusive, so perhaps should be using a Begin/End convention. |
| 1505 | struct ImGuiListClipperRange |
| 1506 | { |
| 1507 | int Min; |
| 1508 | int Max; |
| 1509 | bool PosToIndexConvert; // Begin/End are absolute position (will be converted to indices later) |
| 1510 | ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMin; // Add to Min after converting to indices |
| 1511 | ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMax; // Add to Min after converting to indices |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | static ImGuiListClipperRange FromIndices(int min, int max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { .Min: min, .Max: max, .PosToIndexConvert: false, .PosToIndexOffsetMin: 0, .PosToIndexOffsetMax: 0 }; return r; } |
| 1514 | static ImGuiListClipperRange FromPositions(float y1, float y2, int off_min, int off_max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { .Min: (int)y1, .Max: (int)y2, .PosToIndexConvert: true, .PosToIndexOffsetMin: (ImS8)off_min, .PosToIndexOffsetMax: (ImS8)off_max }; return r; } |
| 1515 | }; |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | // Temporary clipper data, buffers shared/reused between instances |
| 1518 | struct ImGuiListClipperData |
| 1519 | { |
| 1520 | ImGuiListClipper* ListClipper; |
| 1521 | float LossynessOffset; |
| 1522 | int StepNo; |
| 1523 | int ItemsFrozen; |
| 1524 | ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange> Ranges; |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | ImGuiListClipperData() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1527 | void Reset(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ListClipper = clipper; StepNo = ItemsFrozen = 0; Ranges.resize(new_size: 0); } |
| 1528 | }; |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1531 | // [SECTION] Navigation support |
| 1532 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ |
| 1535 | { |
| 1536 | ImGuiActivateFlags_None = 0, |
| 1537 | ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key. |
| 1538 | ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used. |
| 1539 | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) |
| 1540 | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing = 1 << 3, // Activation requested by a tabbing request |
| 1541 | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut = 1 << 4, // Activation requested by an item shortcut via SetNextItemShortcut() function. |
| 1542 | }; |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | // Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem() |
| 1545 | enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ |
| 1546 | { |
| 1547 | ImGuiScrollFlags_None = 0, |
| 1548 | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX = 1 << 0, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on X axis to bring item back into view [default for X axis] |
| 1549 | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY = 1 << 1, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on Y axis to bring item back into view [default for Y axis for windows that are already visible] |
| 1550 | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX = 1 << 2, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on X axis [rarely used] |
| 1551 | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY = 1 << 3, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on Y axis |
| 1552 | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX = 1 << 4, // Always center the result item on X axis [rarely used] |
| 1553 | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY = 1 << 5, // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window) |
| 1554 | ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent = 1 << 6, // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to). |
| 1555 | ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX, |
| 1556 | ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY, |
| 1557 | }; |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ |
| 1560 | { |
| 1561 | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, |
| 1562 | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact = 1 << 1, // Compact highlight, no padding |
| 1563 | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. |
| 1564 | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3, |
| 1565 | }; |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ |
| 1568 | { |
| 1569 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, |
| 1570 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side |
| 1571 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, |
| 1572 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) |
| 1573 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness |
| 1574 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY, |
| 1575 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) |
| 1576 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown) |
| 1577 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary |
| 1578 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7, |
| 1579 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result |
| 1580 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details) |
| 1581 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight |
| 1582 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove = 1 << 11, // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request. |
| 1583 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 12, // Activate/select target item. |
| 1584 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect = 1 << 13, // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo |
| 1585 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight = 1 << 14, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight |
| 1586 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId = 1 << 15, // (Experimental) Do not clear active id when applying move result |
| 1587 | }; |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | enum ImGuiNavLayer |
| 1590 | { |
| 1591 | ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer |
| 1592 | ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt) |
| 1593 | ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT |
| 1594 | }; |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | // Storage for navigation query/results |
| 1597 | struct ImGuiNavItemData |
| 1598 | { |
| 1599 | ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window) |
| 1600 | ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID |
| 1601 | ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID |
| 1602 | ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space |
| 1603 | ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // ????,Move // Best candidate item flags |
| 1604 | float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId |
| 1605 | float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId |
| 1606 | float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId |
| 1607 | ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value. Valid if (InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } |
| 1610 | void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } |
| 1611 | }; |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | // Storage for PushFocusScope() |
| 1614 | struct ImGuiFocusScopeData |
| 1615 | { |
| 1616 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 1617 | ImGuiID WindowID; |
| 1618 | }; |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1621 | // [SECTION] Typing-select support |
| 1622 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | // Flags for GetTypingSelectRequest() |
| 1625 | enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ |
| 1626 | { |
| 1627 | ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None = 0, |
| 1628 | ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace = 1 << 0, // Backspace to delete character inputs. If using: ensure GetTypingSelectRequest() is not called more than once per frame (filter by e.g. focus state) |
| 1629 | ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode = 1 << 1, // Allow "single char" search mode which is activated when pressing the same character multiple times. |
| 1630 | }; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | // Returned by GetTypingSelectRequest(), designed to eventually be public. |
| 1633 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest |
| 1634 | { |
| 1635 | ImGuiTypingSelectFlags Flags; // Flags passed to GetTypingSelectRequest() |
| 1636 | int SearchBufferLen; |
| 1637 | const char* SearchBuffer; // Search buffer contents (use full string. unless SingleCharMode is set, in which case use SingleCharSize). |
| 1638 | bool SelectRequest; // Set when buffer was modified this frame, requesting a selection. |
| 1639 | bool SingleCharMode; // Notify when buffer contains same character repeated, to implement special mode. In this situation it preferred to not display any on-screen search indication. |
| 1640 | ImS8 SingleCharSize; // Length in bytes of first letter codepoint (1 for ascii, 2-4 for UTF-8). If (SearchBufferLen==RepeatCharSize) only 1 letter has been input. |
| 1641 | }; |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() |
| 1644 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectState |
| 1645 | { |
| 1646 | ImGuiTypingSelectRequest Request; // User-facing data |
| 1647 | char SearchBuffer[64]; // Search buffer: no need to make dynamic as this search is very transient. |
| 1648 | ImGuiID FocusScope; |
| 1649 | int LastRequestFrame = 0; |
| 1650 | float LastRequestTime = 0.0f; |
| 1651 | bool SingleCharModeLock = false; // After a certain single char repeat count we lock into SingleCharMode. Two benefits: 1) buffer never fill, 2) we can provide an immediate SingleChar mode without timer elapsing. |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | ImGuiTypingSelectState() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1654 | void Clear() { SearchBuffer[0] = 0; SingleCharModeLock = false; } // We preserve remaining data for easier debugging |
| 1655 | }; |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1658 | // [SECTION] Columns support |
| 1659 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 | // Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). This is an obsolete API. Prefer using BeginTable() nowadays! |
| 1662 | enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ |
| 1663 | { |
| 1664 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0, |
| 1665 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers |
| 1666 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers |
| 1667 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns |
| 1668 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window |
| 1669 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | // Obsolete names (will be removed) |
| 1672 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS |
| 1673 | //ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, |
| 1674 | //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, |
| 1675 | //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, |
| 1676 | //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, |
| 1677 | //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, |
| 1678 | //ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, |
| 1679 | #endif |
| 1680 | }; |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | struct ImGuiOldColumnData |
| 1683 | { |
| 1684 | float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) |
| 1685 | float OffsetNormBeforeResize; |
| 1686 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed |
| 1687 | ImRect ClipRect; |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1690 | }; |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | struct ImGuiOldColumns |
| 1693 | { |
| 1694 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 1695 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; |
| 1696 | bool IsFirstFrame; |
| 1697 | bool IsBeingResized; |
| 1698 | int Current; |
| 1699 | int Count; |
| 1700 | float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x |
| 1701 | float LineMinY, LineMaxY; |
| 1702 | float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns() |
| 1703 | float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns() |
| 1704 | ImRect HostInitialClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns() |
| 1705 | ImRect HostBackupClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground() |
| 1706 | ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns() |
| 1707 | ImVector<ImGuiOldColumnData> Columns; |
| 1708 | ImDrawListSplitter Splitter; |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1711 | }; |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1714 | // [SECTION] Box-select support |
| 1715 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | struct ImGuiBoxSelectState |
| 1718 | { |
| 1719 | // Active box-selection data (persistent, 1 active at a time) |
| 1720 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 1721 | bool IsActive; |
| 1722 | bool IsStarting; |
| 1723 | bool IsStartedFromVoid; // Starting click was not from an item. |
| 1724 | bool IsStartedSetNavIdOnce; |
| 1725 | bool RequestClear; |
| 1726 | ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods : 16; // Latched key-mods for box-select logic. |
| 1727 | ImVec2 StartPosRel; // Start position in window-contents relative space (to support scrolling) |
| 1728 | ImVec2 EndPosRel; // End position in window-contents relative space |
| 1729 | ImVec2 ScrollAccum; // Scrolling accumulator (to behave at high-frame spaces) |
| 1730 | ImGuiWindow* Window; |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | // Temporary/Transient data |
| 1733 | bool UnclipMode; // (Temp/Transient, here in hot area). Set/cleared by the BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() owning active box-select. |
| 1734 | ImRect UnclipRect; // Rectangle where ItemAdd() clipping may be temporarily disabled. Need support by multi-select supporting widgets. |
| 1735 | ImRect BoxSelectRectPrev; // Selection rectangle in absolute coordinates (derived every frame from BoxSelectStartPosRel and MousePos) |
| 1736 | ImRect BoxSelectRectCurr; |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 | ImGuiBoxSelectState() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1739 | }; |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1742 | // [SECTION] Multi-select support |
| 1743 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | // We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers) |
| 1746 | #define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1) |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | // Temporary storage for multi-select |
| 1749 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectTempData |
| 1750 | { |
| 1751 | ImGuiMultiSelectIO IO; // MUST BE FIRST FIELD. Requests are set and returned by BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + written to by user during the loop. |
| 1752 | ImGuiMultiSelectState* Storage; |
| 1753 | ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Copied from g.CurrentFocusScopeId (unless another selection scope was pushed manually) |
| 1754 | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags Flags; |
| 1755 | ImVec2 ScopeRectMin; |
| 1756 | ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; |
| 1757 | ImGuiSelectionUserData LastSubmittedItem; // Copy of last submitted item data, used to merge output ranges. |
| 1758 | ImGuiID BoxSelectId; |
| 1759 | ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; |
| 1760 | ImS8 LoopRequestSetAll; // -1: no operation, 0: clear all, 1: select all. |
| 1761 | bool IsEndIO; // Set when switching IO from BeginMultiSelect() to EndMultiSelect() state. |
| 1762 | bool IsFocused; // Set if currently focusing the selection scope (any item of the selection). May be used if you have custom shortcut associated to selection. |
| 1763 | bool IsKeyboardSetRange; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() when using Shift+Navigation. Because scrolling may be affected we can't afford a frame of lag with Shift+Navigation. |
| 1764 | bool NavIdPassedBy; |
| 1765 | bool RangeSrcPassedBy; // Set by the item that matches RangeSrcItem. |
| 1766 | bool RangeDstPassedBy; // Set by the item that matches NavJustMovedToId when IsSetRange is set. |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | ImGuiMultiSelectTempData() { Clear(); } |
| 1769 | void Clear() { size_t io_sz = sizeof(IO); ClearIO(); memset(s: (void*)(&IO + 1), c: 0, n: sizeof(*this) - io_sz); } // Zero-clear except IO as we preserve IO.Requests[] buffer allocation. |
| 1770 | void ClearIO() { IO.Requests.resize(new_size: 0); IO.RangeSrcItem = IO.NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; IO.NavIdSelected = IO.RangeSrcReset = false; } |
| 1771 | }; |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | // Persistent storage for multi-select (as long as selection is alive) |
| 1774 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectState |
| 1775 | { |
| 1776 | ImGuiWindow* Window; |
| 1777 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 1778 | int LastFrameActive; // Last used frame-count, for GC. |
| 1779 | int LastSelectionSize; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() based on optional info provided by user. May be -1 if unknown. |
| 1780 | ImS8 RangeSelected; // -1 (don't have) or true/false |
| 1781 | ImS8 NavIdSelected; // -1 (don't have) or true/false |
| 1782 | ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeSrcItem; // |
| 1783 | ImGuiSelectionUserData NavIdItem; // SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value for NavId (if part of submitted items) |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | ImGuiMultiSelectState() { Window = NULL; ID = 0; LastFrameActive = LastSelectionSize = 0; RangeSelected = NavIdSelected = -1; RangeSrcItem = NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } |
| 1786 | }; |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1789 | // [SECTION] Docking support |
| 1790 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 | #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK |
| 1793 | // <this is filled in 'docking' branch> |
| 1794 | #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1797 | // [SECTION] Viewport support |
| 1798 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | // ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!) |
| 1801 | // Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. |
| 1802 | struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport |
| 1803 | { |
| 1804 | int BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used |
| 1805 | ImDrawList* BgFgDrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. |
| 1806 | ImDrawData DrawDataP; |
| 1807 | ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData |
| 1808 | ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) |
| 1809 | ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). |
| 1810 | ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. |
| 1811 | ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | ImGuiViewportP() { BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; } |
| 1814 | ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(p: BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(p: BgFgDrawLists[1]); } |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect) |
| 1817 | ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); } |
| 1818 | ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); } |
| 1819 | void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(off_min: WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(off_min: WorkOffsetMin, off_max: WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry) |
| 1822 | ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } |
| 1823 | ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); } |
| 1824 | ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(off_min: BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(off_min: BuildWorkOffsetMin, off_max: BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); } |
| 1825 | }; |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1828 | // [SECTION] Settings support |
| 1829 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 | // Windows data saved in imgui.ini file |
| 1832 | // Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily. |
| 1833 | // (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure) |
| 1834 | struct ImGuiWindowSettings |
| 1835 | { |
| 1836 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 1837 | ImVec2ih Pos; |
| 1838 | ImVec2ih Size; |
| 1839 | bool Collapsed; |
| 1840 | bool IsChild; |
| 1841 | bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) |
| 1842 | bool WantDelete; // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1845 | char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } |
| 1846 | }; |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | struct ImGuiSettingsHandler |
| 1849 | { |
| 1850 | const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']' |
| 1851 | ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName) |
| 1852 | void (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Clear all settings data |
| 1853 | void (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called before reading (in registration order) |
| 1854 | void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]" |
| 1855 | void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry |
| 1856 | void (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called after reading (in registration order) |
| 1857 | void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf' |
| 1858 | void* UserData; |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 | ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1861 | }; |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1864 | // [SECTION] Localization support |
| 1865 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 | // This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack. |
| 1868 | enum ImGuiLocKey : int |
| 1869 | { |
| 1870 | ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, |
| 1871 | ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, |
| 1872 | ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, |
| 1873 | ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, |
| 1874 | ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder, |
| 1875 | ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, |
| 1876 | ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, |
| 1877 | ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, |
| 1878 | ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink, |
| 1879 | ImGuiLocKey_COUNT |
| 1880 | }; |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 | struct ImGuiLocEntry |
| 1883 | { |
| 1884 | ImGuiLocKey Key; |
| 1885 | const char* Text; |
| 1886 | }; |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1890 | // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools |
| 1891 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ |
| 1894 | { |
| 1895 | // Event types |
| 1896 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, |
| 1897 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, |
| 1898 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, |
| 1899 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, |
| 1900 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, |
| 1901 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, |
| 1902 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection = 1 << 5, |
| 1903 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 6, |
| 1904 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting = 1 << 7, |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting, |
| 1907 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 20, // Also send output to TTY |
| 1908 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine = 1 << 21, // Also send output to Test Engine |
| 1909 | }; |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | struct ImGuiDebugAllocEntry |
| 1912 | { |
| 1913 | int FrameCount; |
| 1914 | ImS16 AllocCount; |
| 1915 | ImS16 FreeCount; |
| 1916 | }; |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | struct ImGuiDebugAllocInfo |
| 1919 | { |
| 1920 | int TotalAllocCount; // Number of call to MemAlloc(). |
| 1921 | int TotalFreeCount; |
| 1922 | ImS16 LastEntriesIdx; // Current index in buffer |
| 1923 | ImGuiDebugAllocEntry LastEntriesBuf[6]; // Track last 6 frames that had allocations |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | ImGuiDebugAllocInfo() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1926 | }; |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 | struct ImGuiMetricsConfig |
| 1929 | { |
| 1930 | bool ShowDebugLog = false; |
| 1931 | bool ShowIDStackTool = false; |
| 1932 | bool ShowWindowsRects = false; |
| 1933 | bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; |
| 1934 | bool ShowTablesRects = false; |
| 1935 | bool ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; |
| 1936 | bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; |
| 1937 | bool ShowTextEncodingViewer = false; |
| 1938 | bool ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false; |
| 1939 | int ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; |
| 1940 | int ShowTablesRectsType = -1; |
| 1941 | int HighlightMonitorIdx = -1; |
| 1942 | ImGuiID HighlightViewportID = 0; |
| 1943 | }; |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo |
| 1946 | { |
| 1947 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 1948 | ImS8 QueryFrameCount; // >= 1: Query in progress |
| 1949 | bool QuerySuccess; // Obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo() |
| 1950 | ImGuiDataType DataType : 8; |
| 1951 | char Desc[57]; // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) FIXME: Now that we added CTRL+C this should be fixed. |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 | ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1954 | }; |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | // State for ID Stack tool queries |
| 1957 | struct ImGuiIDStackTool |
| 1958 | { |
| 1959 | int LastActiveFrame; |
| 1960 | int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level |
| 1961 | ImGuiID QueryId; // ID to query details for |
| 1962 | ImVector<ImGuiStackLevelInfo> Results; |
| 1963 | bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; |
| 1964 | float CopyToClipboardLastTime; |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | ImGuiIDStackTool() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } |
| 1967 | }; |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1970 | // [SECTION] Generic context hooks |
| 1971 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 | typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook); |
| 1974 | enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ }; |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | struct ImGuiContextHook |
| 1977 | { |
| 1978 | ImGuiID HookId; // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook() |
| 1979 | ImGuiContextHookType Type; |
| 1980 | ImGuiID Owner; |
| 1981 | ImGuiContextHookCallback Callback; |
| 1982 | void* UserData; |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | ImGuiContextHook() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 1985 | }; |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1988 | // [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context) |
| 1989 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | struct ImGuiContext |
| 1992 | { |
| 1993 | bool Initialized; |
| 1994 | bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. |
| 1995 | ImGuiIO IO; |
| 1996 | ImGuiStyle Style; |
| 1997 | ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() |
| 1998 | float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. |
| 1999 | float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. |
| 2000 | float FontScale; // == FontSize / Font->FontSize |
| 2001 | float CurrentDpiScale; // Current window/viewport DpiScale |
| 2002 | ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; |
| 2003 | double Time; |
| 2004 | int FrameCount; |
| 2005 | int FrameCountEnded; |
| 2006 | int FrameCountRendered; |
| 2007 | bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() |
| 2008 | bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed |
| 2009 | bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild() |
| 2010 | bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC |
| 2011 | bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() |
| 2012 | void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data |
| 2013 | char ContextName[16]; // Storage for a context name (to facilitate debugging multi-context setups) |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | // Inputs |
| 2016 | ImVector<ImGuiInputEvent> InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be trickled/written into IO structure. |
| 2017 | ImVector<ImGuiInputEvent> InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. |
| 2018 | ImGuiMouseSource InputEventsNextMouseSource; |
| 2019 | ImU32 InputEventsNextEventId; |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | // Windows state |
| 2022 | ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front |
| 2023 | ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. |
| 2024 | ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child |
| 2025 | ImVector<ImGuiWindowStackData> CurrentWindowStack; |
| 2026 | ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* |
| 2027 | int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame |
| 2028 | ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING). |
| 2029 | ImGuiID DebugBreakInWindow; // Set to break in Begin() call. |
| 2030 | ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into |
| 2031 | ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. |
| 2032 | ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. |
| 2033 | ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowBeforeClear; // Window the mouse is hovering. Filled even with _NoMouse. This is currently useful for multi-context compositors. |
| 2034 | ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. |
| 2035 | ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. |
| 2036 | ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; |
| 2037 | int WheelingWindowStartFrame; // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL |
| 2038 | int WheelingWindowScrolledFrame; |
| 2039 | float WheelingWindowReleaseTimer; |
| 2040 | ImVec2 WheelingWindowWheelRemainder; |
| 2041 | ImVec2 WheelingAxisAvg; |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | // Item/widgets state and tracking information |
| 2044 | ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] |
| 2045 | ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame |
| 2046 | ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; |
| 2047 | float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time |
| 2048 | float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active |
| 2049 | bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; |
| 2050 | bool HoveredIdIsDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. |
| 2051 | bool ItemUnclipByLog; // Disable ItemAdd() clipping, essentially a memory-locality friendly copy of LogEnabled |
| 2052 | ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget |
| 2053 | ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame) |
| 2054 | float ActiveIdTimer; |
| 2055 | bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame |
| 2056 | bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always) |
| 2057 | bool ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss; // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused. |
| 2058 | bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. |
| 2059 | bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. |
| 2060 | bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; |
| 2061 | bool ActiveIdFromShortcut; |
| 2062 | int ActiveIdMouseButton : 8; |
| 2063 | ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) |
| 2064 | ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; |
| 2065 | ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating source: ImGuiInputSource_Mouse OR ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard OR ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad |
| 2066 | ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; |
| 2067 | bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; |
| 2068 | bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore; |
| 2069 | ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow; |
| 2070 | ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. |
| 2071 | float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | // Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system |
| 2074 | // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner. |
| 2075 | // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID. |
| 2076 | // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame(). |
| 2077 | double LastKeyModsChangeTime; // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic) |
| 2078 | double LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime; // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic) |
| 2079 | double LastKeyboardKeyPressTime; // Record the last time a keyboard key (ignore mouse/gamepad ones) was pressed. |
| 2080 | ImBitArrayForNamedKeys KeysMayBeCharInput; // Lookup to tell if a key can emit char input, see IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(). sizeof() = 20 bytes |
| 2081 | ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; |
| 2082 | ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable; |
| 2083 | ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) |
| 2084 | bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (this is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys, frequently used by drag operations) |
| 2085 | ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakInShortcutRouting; // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls. |
| 2086 | //ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // [OBSOLETE] Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes --> 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | // Next window/item data |
| 2089 | ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // Value for currently appending items == g.FocusScopeStack.back(). Not to be mistaken with g.NavFocusScopeId. |
| 2090 | ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // Value for currently appending items == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() |
| 2091 | ImGuiID DebugLocateId; // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location |
| 2092 | ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions |
| 2093 | ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd) |
| 2094 | ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions |
| 2095 | bool DebugShowGroupRects; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | // Shared stacks |
| 2098 | ImGuiCol DebugFlashStyleColorIdx; // (Keep close to ColorStack to share cache line) |
| 2099 | ImVector<ImGuiColorMod> ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() |
| 2100 | ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod> StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() |
| 2101 | ImVector<ImFont*> FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() |
| 2102 | ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() |
| 2103 | ImVector<ImGuiItemFlags> ItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() |
| 2104 | ImVector<ImGuiGroupData> GroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() |
| 2105 | ImVector<ImGuiPopupData> OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) |
| 2106 | ImVector<ImGuiPopupData> BeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) |
| 2107 | ImVector<ImGuiTreeNodeStackData>TreeNodeStack; // Stack for TreeNode() |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | // Viewports |
| 2110 | ImVector<ImGuiViewportP*> Viewports; // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 | // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation |
| 2113 | ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow' |
| 2114 | ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation |
| 2115 | ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Focused focus scope (e.g. selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the same scope) |
| 2116 | ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Focused layer (main scrolling layer, or menu/title bar layer) |
| 2117 | ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() |
| 2118 | ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 |
| 2119 | ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) |
| 2120 | ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags; |
| 2121 | ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> NavFocusRoute; // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain. |
| 2122 | ImGuiID NavHighlightActivatedId; |
| 2123 | float NavHighlightActivatedTimer; |
| 2124 | ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. |
| 2125 | ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; |
| 2126 | ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS CAN ONLY BE ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard or ImGuiInputSource_Mouse |
| 2127 | ImGuiSelectionUserData NavLastValidSelectionUserData; // Last valid data passed to SetNextItemSelectionUser(), or -1. For current window. Not reset when focusing an item that doesn't have selection data. |
| 2128 | bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid |
| 2129 | bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) |
| 2130 | bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) |
| 2131 | bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again. |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | // Navigation: Init & Move Requests |
| 2134 | bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd() |
| 2135 | bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item |
| 2136 | bool NavInitRequestFromMove; |
| 2137 | ImGuiNavItemData NavInitResult; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) |
| 2138 | bool NavMoveSubmitted; // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame() |
| 2139 | bool NavMoveScoringItems; // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items |
| 2140 | bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; |
| 2141 | ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveFlags; |
| 2142 | ImGuiScrollFlags NavMoveScrollFlags; |
| 2143 | ImGuiKeyChord NavMoveKeyMods; |
| 2144 | ImGuiDir NavMoveDir; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down) |
| 2145 | ImGuiDir NavMoveDirForDebug; |
| 2146 | ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? |
| 2147 | ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. |
| 2148 | ImRect NavScoringNoClipRect; // Some nav operations (such as PageUp/PageDown) enforce a region which clipper will attempt to always keep submitted |
| 2149 | int NavScoringDebugCount; // Metrics for debugging |
| 2150 | int NavTabbingDir; // Generally -1 or +1, 0 when tabbing without a nav id |
| 2151 | int NavTabbingCounter; // >0 when counting items for tabbing |
| 2152 | ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow |
| 2153 | ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocalVisible; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) |
| 2154 | ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) |
| 2155 | ImGuiNavItemData NavTabbingResultFirst; // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | // Navigation: record of last move request |
| 2158 | ImGuiID NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId; // Just navigated from this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). |
| 2159 | ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). |
| 2160 | ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). |
| 2161 | ImGuiKeyChord NavJustMovedToKeyMods; |
| 2162 | bool NavJustMovedToIsTabbing; // Copy of ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing. Maybe we should store whole flags. |
| 2163 | bool NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData; // Copy of move result's InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData). Maybe we should just store ImGuiNavItemData. |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) |
| 2166 | ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X). For reconfiguration (see #4828) |
| 2167 | ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X) |
| 2168 | ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! |
| 2169 | ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. |
| 2170 | ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents |
| 2171 | float NavWindowingTimer; |
| 2172 | float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; |
| 2173 | bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; |
| 2174 | ImGuiKey NavWindowingToggleKey; |
| 2175 | ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos; |
| 2176 | ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize; |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | // Render |
| 2179 | float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | // Drag and Drop |
| 2182 | bool DragDropActive; |
| 2183 | bool DragDropWithinSource; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag source. |
| 2184 | bool DragDropWithinTarget; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag target. |
| 2185 | ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropSourceFlags; |
| 2186 | int DragDropSourceFrameCount; |
| 2187 | int DragDropMouseButton; |
| 2188 | ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; |
| 2189 | ImRect DragDropTargetRect; // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping) |
| 2190 | ImRect DragDropTargetClipRect; // Store ClipRect at the time of item's drawing |
| 2191 | ImGuiID DragDropTargetId; |
| 2192 | ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags; |
| 2193 | float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface) |
| 2194 | ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdCurr; // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload) |
| 2195 | ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdPrev; // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets) |
| 2196 | int DragDropAcceptFrameCount; // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source |
| 2197 | ImGuiID DragDropHoldJustPressedId; // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press. |
| 2198 | ImVector<unsigned char> DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size |
| 2199 | unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | // Clipper |
| 2202 | int ClipperTempDataStacked; |
| 2203 | ImVector<ImGuiListClipperData> ClipperTempData; |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | // Tables |
| 2206 | ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; |
| 2207 | ImGuiID DebugBreakInTable; // Set to break in BeginTable() call. |
| 2208 | int TablesTempDataStacked; // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size) |
| 2209 | ImVector<ImGuiTableTempData> TablesTempData; // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting) |
| 2210 | ImPool<ImGuiTable> Tables; // Persistent table data |
| 2211 | ImVector<float> TablesLastTimeActive; // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC) |
| 2212 | ImVector<ImDrawChannel> DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer; |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | // Tab bars |
| 2215 | ImGuiTabBar* CurrentTabBar; |
| 2216 | ImPool<ImGuiTabBar> TabBars; |
| 2217 | ImVector<ImGuiPtrOrIndex> CurrentTabBarStack; |
| 2218 | ImVector<ImGuiShrinkWidthItem> ShrinkWidthBuffer; |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | // Multi-Select state |
| 2221 | ImGuiBoxSelectState BoxSelectState; |
| 2222 | ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* CurrentMultiSelect; |
| 2223 | int MultiSelectTempDataStacked; // Temporary multi-select data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use MultiSelectTempData.Size) |
| 2224 | ImVector<ImGuiMultiSelectTempData> MultiSelectTempData; |
| 2225 | ImPool<ImGuiMultiSelectState> MultiSelectStorage; |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | // Hover Delay system |
| 2228 | ImGuiID HoverItemDelayId; |
| 2229 | ImGuiID HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame; |
| 2230 | float HoverItemDelayTimer; // Currently used by IsItemHovered() |
| 2231 | float HoverItemDelayClearTimer; // Currently used by IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. |
| 2232 | ImGuiID HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId; // Mouse has once been stationary on this item. Only reset after departing the item. |
| 2233 | ImGuiID HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId; // Mouse has once been stationary on this window. Only reset after departing the window. |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | // Mouse state |
| 2236 | ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; |
| 2237 | float MouseStationaryTimer; // Time the mouse has been stationary (with some loose heuristic) |
| 2238 | ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 | // Widget state |
| 2241 | ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; |
| 2242 | ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState; |
| 2243 | ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; |
| 2244 | ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. |
| 2245 | ImGuiDataTypeStorage DataTypeZeroValue; // 0 for all data types |
| 2246 | int BeginMenuDepth; |
| 2247 | int BeginComboDepth; |
| 2248 | ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets |
| 2249 | ImGuiID ColorEditCurrentID; // Set temporarily while inside of the parent-most ColorEdit4/ColorPicker4 (because they call each others). |
| 2250 | ImGuiID ColorEditSavedID; // ID we are saving/restoring HS for |
| 2251 | float ColorEditSavedHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips |
| 2252 | float ColorEditSavedSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips |
| 2253 | ImU32 ColorEditSavedColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. |
| 2254 | ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. |
| 2255 | ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; |
| 2256 | ImRect WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect; // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving |
| 2257 | bool WindowResizeRelativeMode; |
| 2258 | short ScrollbarSeekMode; // 0: relative, -1/+1: prev/next page. |
| 2259 | float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? |
| 2260 | float SliderGrabClickOffset; |
| 2261 | float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. |
| 2262 | bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? |
| 2263 | bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; |
| 2264 | float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings |
| 2265 | float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio |
| 2266 | float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() |
| 2267 | short DisabledStackSize; |
| 2268 | short LockMarkEdited; |
| 2269 | short TooltipOverrideCount; |
| 2270 | ImVector<char> ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined |
| 2271 | ImVector<ImGuiID> MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once |
| 2272 | ImGuiTypingSelectState TypingSelectState; // State for GetTypingSelectRequest() |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | // Platform support |
| 2275 | ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame |
| 2276 | ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data. When changed we call the io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() handler. |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | // Settings |
| 2279 | bool SettingsLoaded; |
| 2280 | float SettingsDirtyTimer; // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero |
| 2281 | ImGuiTextBuffer SettingsIniData; // In memory .ini settings |
| 2282 | ImVector<ImGuiSettingsHandler> SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers |
| 2283 | ImChunkStream<ImGuiWindowSettings> SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries |
| 2284 | ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings> SettingsTables; // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries |
| 2285 | ImVector<ImGuiContextHook> Hooks; // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine) |
| 2286 | ImGuiID HookIdNext; // Next available HookId |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | // Localization |
| 2289 | const char* LocalizationTable[ImGuiLocKey_COUNT]; |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | // Capture/Logging |
| 2292 | bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing |
| 2293 | ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target |
| 2294 | ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file |
| 2295 | ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators. |
| 2296 | const char* LogNextPrefix; |
| 2297 | const char* LogNextSuffix; |
| 2298 | float LogLinePosY; |
| 2299 | bool LogLineFirstItem; |
| 2300 | int LogDepthRef; |
| 2301 | int LogDepthToExpand; |
| 2302 | int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | // Debug Tools |
| 2305 | // (some of the highly frequently used data are interleaved in other structures above: DebugBreakXXX fields, DebugHookIdInfo, DebugLocateId etc.) |
| 2306 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; |
| 2307 | ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; |
| 2308 | ImGuiTextIndex DebugLogIndex; |
| 2309 | ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogAutoDisableFlags; |
| 2310 | ImU8 DebugLogAutoDisableFrames; |
| 2311 | ImU8 DebugLocateFrames; // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above. |
| 2312 | bool DebugBreakInLocateId; // Debug break in ItemAdd() call for g.DebugLocateId. |
| 2313 | ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakKeyChord; // = ImGuiKey_Pause |
| 2314 | ImS8 DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth; // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around. |
| 2315 | bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) |
| 2316 | ImU8 DebugItemPickerMouseButton; |
| 2317 | ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID |
| 2318 | float DebugFlashStyleColorTime; |
| 2319 | ImVec4 DebugFlashStyleColorBackup; |
| 2320 | ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; |
| 2321 | ImGuiIDStackTool DebugIDStackTool; |
| 2322 | ImGuiDebugAllocInfo DebugAllocInfo; |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | // Misc |
| 2325 | float FramerateSecPerFrame[60]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames.. |
| 2326 | int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; |
| 2327 | int FramerateSecPerFrameCount; |
| 2328 | float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; |
| 2329 | int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture override via SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()/SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(). Default to -1. |
| 2330 | int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; // " |
| 2331 | int WantTextInputNextFrame; |
| 2332 | ImVector<char> TempBuffer; // Temporary text buffer |
| 2333 | char TempKeychordName[64]; |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) |
| 2336 | { |
| 2337 | IO.Ctx = this; |
| 2338 | InputTextState.Ctx = this; |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 | Initialized = false; |
| 2341 | FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; |
| 2342 | Font = NULL; |
| 2343 | FontSize = FontBaseSize = FontScale = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f; |
| 2344 | IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); |
| 2345 | Time = 0.0f; |
| 2346 | FrameCount = 0; |
| 2347 | FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; |
| 2348 | WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; |
| 2349 | GcCompactAll = false; |
| 2350 | TestEngineHookItems = false; |
| 2351 | TestEngine = NULL; |
| 2352 | memset(s: ContextName, c: 0, n: sizeof(ContextName)); |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | InputEventsNextMouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; |
| 2355 | InputEventsNextEventId = 1; |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | WindowsActiveCount = 0; |
| 2358 | CurrentWindow = NULL; |
| 2359 | HoveredWindow = NULL; |
| 2360 | HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; |
| 2361 | HoveredWindowBeforeClear = NULL; |
| 2362 | MovingWindow = NULL; |
| 2363 | WheelingWindow = NULL; |
| 2364 | WheelingWindowStartFrame = WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = -1; |
| 2365 | WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | DebugHookIdInfo = 0; |
| 2368 | HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; |
| 2369 | HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; |
| 2370 | HoveredIdIsDisabled = false; |
| 2371 | HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; |
| 2372 | ItemUnclipByLog = false; |
| 2373 | ActiveId = 0; |
| 2374 | ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; |
| 2375 | ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; |
| 2376 | ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; |
| 2377 | ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; |
| 2378 | ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; |
| 2379 | ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; |
| 2380 | ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; |
| 2381 | ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; |
| 2382 | ActiveIdFromShortcut = false; |
| 2383 | ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); |
| 2384 | ActiveIdWindow = NULL; |
| 2385 | ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; |
| 2386 | ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; |
| 2387 | ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; |
| 2388 | ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; |
| 2389 | ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; |
| 2390 | ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; |
| 2391 | LastActiveId = 0; |
| 2392 | LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = LastKeyModsChangeTime = LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = -1.0; |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; |
| 2397 | ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; |
| 2400 | CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; |
| 2401 | DebugShowGroupRects = false; |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | NavWindow = NULL; |
| 2404 | NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = 0; |
| 2405 | NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; |
| 2406 | NavNextActivateId = 0; |
| 2407 | NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; |
| 2408 | NavHighlightActivatedId = 0; |
| 2409 | NavHighlightActivatedTimer = 0.0f; |
| 2410 | NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; |
| 2411 | NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; |
| 2412 | NavIdIsAlive = false; |
| 2413 | NavMousePosDirty = false; |
| 2414 | NavDisableHighlight = true; |
| 2415 | NavDisableMouseHover = false; |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | NavAnyRequest = false; |
| 2418 | NavInitRequest = false; |
| 2419 | NavInitRequestFromMove = false; |
| 2420 | NavMoveSubmitted = false; |
| 2421 | NavMoveScoringItems = false; |
| 2422 | NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; |
| 2423 | NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; |
| 2424 | NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; |
| 2425 | NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; |
| 2426 | NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; |
| 2427 | NavScoringDebugCount = 0; |
| 2428 | NavTabbingDir = 0; |
| 2429 | NavTabbingCounter = 0; |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0; |
| 2432 | NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; |
| 2433 | NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false; |
| 2434 | NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = false; |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | // All platforms use Ctrl+Tab but Ctrl<>Super are swapped on Mac... |
| 2437 | // FIXME: Because this value is stored, it annoyingly interfere with toggling io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors updating this.. |
| 2438 | ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab); |
| 2439 | ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab); |
| 2440 | NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; |
| 2441 | NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; |
| 2442 | NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; |
| 2443 | NavWindowingToggleKey = ImGuiKey_None; |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | DimBgRatio = 0.0f; |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; |
| 2448 | DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; |
| 2449 | DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; |
| 2450 | DragDropMouseButton = -1; |
| 2451 | DragDropTargetId = 0; |
| 2452 | DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; |
| 2453 | DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; |
| 2454 | DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; |
| 2455 | DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; |
| 2456 | DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; |
| 2457 | memset(s: DragDropPayloadBufLocal, c: 0, n: sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | ClipperTempDataStacked = 0; |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 | CurrentTable = NULL; |
| 2462 | TablesTempDataStacked = 0; |
| 2463 | CurrentTabBar = NULL; |
| 2464 | CurrentMultiSelect = NULL; |
| 2465 | MultiSelectTempDataStacked = 0; |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | HoverItemDelayId = HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0; |
| 2468 | HoverItemDelayTimer = HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; |
| 2471 | MouseStationaryTimer = 0.0f; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | TempInputId = 0; |
| 2474 | memset(s: &DataTypeZeroValue, c: 0, n: sizeof(DataTypeZeroValue)); |
| 2475 | BeginMenuDepth = BeginComboDepth = 0; |
| 2476 | ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; |
| 2477 | ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0; |
| 2478 | ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f; |
| 2479 | ColorEditSavedColor = 0; |
| 2480 | WindowResizeRelativeMode = false; |
| 2481 | ScrollbarSeekMode = 0; |
| 2482 | ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; |
| 2483 | SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; |
| 2484 | SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; |
| 2485 | SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; |
| 2486 | DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; |
| 2487 | DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; |
| 2488 | DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; |
| 2489 | DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; |
| 2490 | DisabledStackSize = 0; |
| 2491 | LockMarkEdited = 0; |
| 2492 | TooltipOverrideCount = 0; |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); |
| 2495 | PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 | SettingsLoaded = false; |
| 2498 | SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; |
| 2499 | HookIdNext = 0; |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 | memset(s: LocalizationTable, c: 0, n: sizeof(LocalizationTable)); |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 | LogEnabled = false; |
| 2504 | LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; |
| 2505 | LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; |
| 2506 | LogFile = NULL; |
| 2507 | LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; |
| 2508 | LogLineFirstItem = false; |
| 2509 | LogDepthRef = 0; |
| 2510 | LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; |
| 2513 | DebugLocateId = 0; |
| 2514 | DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None; |
| 2515 | DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 0; |
| 2516 | DebugLocateFrames = 0; |
| 2517 | DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1; |
| 2518 | DebugItemPickerActive = false; |
| 2519 | DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; |
| 2520 | DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; |
| 2521 | DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.0f; |
| 2522 | DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT; |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 | // Same as DebugBreakClearData(). Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations |
| 2525 | DebugBreakInWindow = 0; |
| 2526 | DebugBreakInTable = 0; |
| 2527 | DebugBreakInLocateId = false; |
| 2528 | DebugBreakKeyChord = ImGuiKey_Pause; |
| 2529 | DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None; |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 | memset(s: FramerateSecPerFrame, c: 0, n: sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); |
| 2532 | FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; |
| 2533 | FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; |
| 2534 | WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; |
| 2535 | memset(s: TempKeychordName, c: 0, n: sizeof(TempKeychordName)); |
| 2536 | } |
| 2537 | }; |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2540 | // [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow |
| 2541 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | // Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow. |
| 2544 | // (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..) |
| 2545 | // (This doesn't need a constructor because we zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin) |
| 2546 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData |
| 2547 | { |
| 2548 | // Layout |
| 2549 | ImVec2 CursorPos; // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates. |
| 2550 | ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine; |
| 2551 | ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding. |
| 2552 | ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame. |
| 2553 | ImVec2 IdealMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame. |
| 2554 | ImVec2 CurrLineSize; |
| 2555 | ImVec2 PrevLineSize; |
| 2556 | float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). |
| 2557 | float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; |
| 2558 | bool IsSameLine; |
| 2559 | bool IsSetPos; |
| 2560 | ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) |
| 2561 | ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. |
| 2562 | ImVec1 GroupOffset; |
| 2563 | ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 | // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation |
| 2566 | ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) |
| 2567 | short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) |
| 2568 | short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) |
| 2569 | bool NavIsScrollPushableX; // Set when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. |
| 2570 | bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; |
| 2571 | bool NavWindowHasScrollY; // Set per window when scrolling can be used (== ScrollMax.y > 0.0f) |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | // Miscellaneous |
| 2574 | bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this |
| 2575 | ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs. |
| 2576 | ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement |
| 2577 | int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth. |
| 2578 | ImU32 TreeHasStackDataDepthMask; // Store whether given depth has ImGuiTreeNodeStackData data. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. |
| 2579 | ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> ChildWindows; |
| 2580 | ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) |
| 2581 | ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set |
| 2582 | int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables) |
| 2583 | ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; |
| 2584 | ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() |
| 2585 | ImU32 ModalDimBgColor; |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | // Local parameters stacks |
| 2588 | // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. |
| 2589 | float ItemWidth; // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window). |
| 2590 | float TextWrapPos; // Current text wrap pos. |
| 2591 | ImVector<float> ItemWidthStack; // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth) |
| 2592 | ImVector<float> TextWrapPosStack; // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos) |
| 2593 | }; |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | // Storage for one window |
| 2596 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow |
| 2597 | { |
| 2598 | ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). |
| 2599 | char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. |
| 2600 | ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) |
| 2601 | ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ |
| 2602 | ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; // Set when window is a child window. See enum ImGuiChildFlags_ |
| 2603 | ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded. |
| 2604 | ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) |
| 2605 | ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) |
| 2606 | ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed |
| 2607 | ImVec2 ContentSize; // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding. |
| 2608 | ImVec2 ContentSizeIdeal; |
| 2609 | ImVec2 ContentSizeExplicit; // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize(). |
| 2610 | ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). |
| 2611 | float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. |
| 2612 | float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). |
| 2613 | float TitleBarHeight, MenuBarHeight; |
| 2614 | float DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1; // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin(). |
| 2615 | float DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2; // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y). |
| 2616 | float DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1; // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes). |
| 2617 | int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)! |
| 2618 | ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") |
| 2619 | ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) |
| 2620 | ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) |
| 2621 | ImVec2 Scroll; |
| 2622 | ImVec2 ScrollMax; |
| 2623 | ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) |
| 2624 | ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered |
| 2625 | ImVec2 ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist; // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold |
| 2626 | ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar. |
| 2627 | bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible? |
| 2628 | bool Active; // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed |
| 2629 | bool WasActive; |
| 2630 | bool WriteAccessed; // Set to true when any widget access the current window |
| 2631 | bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar |
| 2632 | bool WantCollapseToggle; |
| 2633 | bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) |
| 2634 | bool SkipRefresh; // [EXPERIMENTAL] Reuse previous frame drawn contents, Begin() returns false. |
| 2635 | bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) |
| 2636 | bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0) |
| 2637 | bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. |
| 2638 | bool IsExplicitChild; // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked() |
| 2639 | bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) |
| 2640 | signed char ResizeBorderHovered; // Current border being hovered for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) |
| 2641 | signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) |
| 2642 | short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) |
| 2643 | short BeginCountPreviousFrame; // Number of Begin() during the previous frame |
| 2644 | short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. |
| 2645 | short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. |
| 2646 | short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. |
| 2647 | ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; |
| 2648 | bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; |
| 2649 | ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; |
| 2650 | ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames |
| 2651 | ImS8 HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size |
| 2652 | ImS8 HiddenFramesForRenderOnly; // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only |
| 2653 | ImS8 DisableInputsFrames; // Disable window interactions for N frames |
| 2654 | ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. |
| 2655 | ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. |
| 2656 | ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. |
| 2657 | ImVec2 SetWindowPosVal; // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size) |
| 2658 | ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right. |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | ImVector<ImGuiID> IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure) |
| 2661 | ImGuiWindowTempData DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name. |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles' viewer. |
| 2664 | // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect(). |
| 2665 | ImRect OuterRectClipped; // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window. |
| 2666 | ImRect InnerRect; // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar) |
| 2667 | ImRect InnerClipRect; // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect. |
| 2668 | ImRect WorkRect; // Initially covers the whole scrolling region. Reduced by containers e.g columns/tables when active. Shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward). |
| 2669 | ImRect ParentWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect before entering a container such as columns/tables. Used by e.g. SpanAllColumns functions to easily access. Stacked containers are responsible for maintaining this. // FIXME-WORKRECT: Could be a stack? |
| 2670 | ImRect ClipRect; // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). |
| 2671 | ImRect ContentRegionRect; // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on. |
| 2672 | ImVec2ih HitTestHoleSize; // Define an optional rectangular hole where mouse will pass-through the window. |
| 2673 | ImVec2ih HitTestHoleOffset; |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the window was Active. |
| 2676 | float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there) |
| 2677 | float ItemWidthDefault; |
| 2678 | ImGuiStorage StateStorage; |
| 2679 | ImVector<ImGuiOldColumns> ColumnsStorage; |
| 2680 | float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale() |
| 2681 | int SettingsOffset; // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back) |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer) |
| 2684 | ImDrawList DrawListInst; |
| 2685 | ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup _or_ docked window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. |
| 2686 | ImGuiWindow* ParentWindowInBeginStack; |
| 2687 | ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through popups/dock nodes. |
| 2688 | ImGuiWindow* RootWindowPopupTree; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through popups parent<>child. |
| 2689 | ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. |
| 2690 | ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. |
| 2691 | ImGuiWindow* ParentWindowForFocusRoute; // Set to manual link a window to its logical parent so that Shortcut() chain are honoerd (e.g. Tool linked to Document) |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) |
| 2694 | ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) |
| 2695 | ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space |
| 2696 | ImVec2 NavPreferredScoringPosRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Preferred X/Y position updated when moving on a given axis, reset to FLT_MAX. |
| 2697 | ImGuiID NavRootFocusScopeId; // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin() |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy |
| 2700 | int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; |
| 2701 | bool MemoryCompacted; // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 | public: |
| 2704 | ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name); |
| 2705 | ~ImGuiWindow(); |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); |
| 2708 | ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); |
| 2709 | ImGuiID GetID(int n); |
| 2710 | ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow. |
| 2713 | ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } |
| 2714 | float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } |
| 2715 | ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight)); } |
| 2716 | ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight; return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight); } |
| 2717 | }; |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2720 | // [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support |
| 2721 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | // Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_ |
| 2724 | enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ |
| 2725 | { |
| 2726 | ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around] |
| 2727 | ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21, |
| 2728 | ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22, // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs |
| 2729 | }; |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 | // Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ |
| 2732 | enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ |
| 2733 | { |
| 2734 | ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_ = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing, |
| 2735 | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) |
| 2736 | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21, // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button |
| 2737 | }; |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | // Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 40 bytes) |
| 2740 | struct ImGuiTabItem |
| 2741 | { |
| 2742 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 2743 | ImGuiTabItemFlags Flags; |
| 2744 | int LastFrameVisible; |
| 2745 | int LastFrameSelected; // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance |
| 2746 | float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab |
| 2747 | float Width; // Width currently displayed |
| 2748 | float ContentWidth; // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call |
| 2749 | float RequestedWidth; // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused |
| 2750 | ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames |
| 2751 | ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable |
| 2752 | ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout(). Tabs gets reordered so 'Tabs[n].IndexDuringLayout == n' but may mismatch during additions. |
| 2753 | bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | ImGuiTabItem() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } |
| 2756 | }; |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 | // Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) |
| 2759 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar |
| 2760 | { |
| 2761 | ImVector<ImGuiTabItem> Tabs; |
| 2762 | ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; |
| 2763 | ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking |
| 2764 | ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab/window |
| 2765 | ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation |
| 2766 | ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview) |
| 2767 | int CurrFrameVisible; |
| 2768 | int PrevFrameVisible; |
| 2769 | ImRect BarRect; |
| 2770 | float CurrTabsContentsHeight; |
| 2771 | float PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar |
| 2772 | float WidthAllTabs; // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout) |
| 2773 | float WidthAllTabsIdeal; // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped |
| 2774 | float ScrollingAnim; |
| 2775 | float ScrollingTarget; |
| 2776 | float ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility; |
| 2777 | float ScrollingSpeed; |
| 2778 | float ScrollingRectMinX; |
| 2779 | float ScrollingRectMaxX; |
| 2780 | float SeparatorMinX; |
| 2781 | float SeparatorMaxX; |
| 2782 | ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; |
| 2783 | ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset; |
| 2784 | ImS8 BeginCount; |
| 2785 | bool WantLayout; |
| 2786 | bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted; |
| 2787 | bool TabsAddedNew; // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame |
| 2788 | ImS16 TabsActiveCount; // Number of tabs submitted this frame. |
| 2789 | ImS16 LastTabItemIdx; // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem() |
| 2790 | float ItemSpacingY; |
| 2791 | ImVec2 FramePadding; // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar() |
| 2792 | ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; |
| 2793 | ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | ImGuiTabBar(); |
| 2796 | }; |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2799 | // [SECTION] Table support |
| 2800 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | #define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color. |
| 2803 | #define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 512 // May be further lifted |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | // Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future. |
| 2806 | typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; |
| 2807 | typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | // [Internal] sizeof() ~ 112 |
| 2810 | // We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. |
| 2811 | // We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping. |
| 2812 | // This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped". |
| 2813 | struct ImGuiTableColumn |
| 2814 | { |
| 2815 | ImGuiTableColumnFlags Flags; // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ |
| 2816 | float WidthGiven; // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space. |
| 2817 | float MinX; // Absolute positions |
| 2818 | float MaxX; |
| 2819 | float WidthRequest; // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout() |
| 2820 | float WidthAuto; // Automatic width |
| 2821 | float StretchWeight; // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially. |
| 2822 | float InitStretchWeightOrWidth; // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_). |
| 2823 | ImRect ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle for the column |
| 2824 | ImGuiID UserID; // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn() |
| 2825 | float WorkMinX; // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column |
| 2826 | float WorkMaxX; // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2) |
| 2827 | float ItemWidth; // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows |
| 2828 | float ContentMaxXFrozen; // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width. |
| 2829 | float ContentMaxXUnfrozen; |
| 2830 | float ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls |
| 2831 | float ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal; |
| 2832 | ImS16 NameOffset; // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[] |
| 2833 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users) |
| 2834 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx IndexWithinEnabledSet; // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder) |
| 2835 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx PrevEnabledColumn; // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column |
| 2836 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx NextEnabledColumn; // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column |
| 2837 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort |
| 2838 | ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent; // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] |
| 2839 | ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen; // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers) |
| 2840 | ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen; // Draw channels for unfrozen rows |
| 2841 | bool IsEnabled; // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0 |
| 2842 | bool IsUserEnabled; // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling). |
| 2843 | bool IsUserEnabledNextFrame; |
| 2844 | bool IsVisibleX; // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled). |
| 2845 | bool IsVisibleY; |
| 2846 | bool IsRequestOutput; // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not. |
| 2847 | bool IsSkipItems; // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen). |
| 2848 | bool IsPreserveWidthAuto; |
| 2849 | ImS8 NavLayerCurrent; // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte |
| 2850 | ImU8 AutoFitQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit |
| 2851 | ImU8 CannotSkipItemsQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem |
| 2852 | ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending |
| 2853 | ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3) |
| 2854 | ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each) |
| 2855 | ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered list of available sort directions (2-bits each, total 8-bits) |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | ImGuiTableColumn() |
| 2858 | { |
| 2859 | memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); |
| 2860 | StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f; |
| 2861 | NameOffset = -1; |
| 2862 | DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; |
| 2863 | PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1; |
| 2864 | SortOrder = -1; |
| 2865 | SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; |
| 2866 | DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1; |
| 2867 | } |
| 2868 | }; |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | // Transient cell data stored per row. |
| 2871 | // sizeof() ~ 6 bytes |
| 2872 | struct ImGuiTableCellData |
| 2873 | { |
| 2874 | ImU32 BgColor; // Actual color |
| 2875 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number |
| 2876 | }; |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | // Parameters for TableAngledHeadersRowEx() |
| 2879 | // This may end up being refactored for more general purpose. |
| 2880 | // sizeof() ~ 12 bytes |
| 2881 | struct ImGuiTableHeaderData |
| 2882 | { |
| 2883 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index; // Column index |
| 2884 | ImU32 TextColor; |
| 2885 | ImU32 BgColor0; |
| 2886 | ImU32 BgColor1; |
| 2887 | }; |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 | // Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?) |
| 2890 | // sizeof() ~ 24 bytes |
| 2891 | struct ImGuiTableInstanceData |
| 2892 | { |
| 2893 | ImGuiID TableInstanceID; |
| 2894 | float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame |
| 2895 | float LastTopHeadersRowHeight; // Height of first consecutive header rows from last frame (FIXME: this is used assuming consecutive headers are in same frozen set) |
| 2896 | float LastFrozenHeight; // Height of frozen section from last frame |
| 2897 | int HoveredRowLast; // Index of row which was hovered last frame. |
| 2898 | int HoveredRowNext; // Index of row hovered this frame, set after encountering it. |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; } |
| 2901 | }; |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | // sizeof() ~ 592 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory() |
| 2904 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable |
| 2905 | { |
| 2906 | ImGuiID ID; |
| 2907 | ImGuiTableFlags Flags; |
| 2908 | void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[] |
| 2909 | ImGuiTableTempData* TempData; // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[] |
| 2910 | ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn> Columns; // Point within RawData[] |
| 2911 | ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumnIdx> DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) |
| 2912 | ImSpan<ImGuiTableCellData> RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row. |
| 2913 | ImBitArrayPtr EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map |
| 2914 | ImBitArrayPtr EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data |
| 2915 | ImBitArrayPtr VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) |
| 2916 | ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order) |
| 2917 | int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables |
| 2918 | int LastFrameActive; |
| 2919 | int ColumnsCount; // Number of columns declared in BeginTable() |
| 2920 | int CurrentRow; |
| 2921 | int CurrentColumn; |
| 2922 | ImS16 InstanceCurrent; // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched. |
| 2923 | ImS16 InstanceInteracted; // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with |
| 2924 | float RowPosY1; |
| 2925 | float RowPosY2; |
| 2926 | float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() |
| 2927 | float RowCellPaddingY; // Top and bottom padding. Reloaded during row change. |
| 2928 | float RowTextBaseline; |
| 2929 | float RowIndentOffsetX; |
| 2930 | ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ |
| 2931 | ImGuiTableRowFlags LastRowFlags : 16; |
| 2932 | int RowBgColorCounter; // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this. |
| 2933 | ImU32 RowBgColor[2]; // Background color override for current row. |
| 2934 | ImU32 BorderColorStrong; |
| 2935 | ImU32 BorderColorLight; |
| 2936 | float BorderX1; |
| 2937 | float BorderX2; |
| 2938 | float HostIndentX; |
| 2939 | float MinColumnWidth; |
| 2940 | float OuterPaddingX; |
| 2941 | float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. |
| 2942 | float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. |
| 2943 | float CellSpacingX2; |
| 2944 | float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. |
| 2945 | float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width |
| 2946 | float ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window |
| 2947 | float ColumnsStretchSumWeights; // Sum of weight of all enabled stretching columns |
| 2948 | float ResizedColumnNextWidth; |
| 2949 | float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. |
| 2950 | float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. |
| 2951 | float AngledHeadersHeight; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() |
| 2952 | float AngledHeadersSlope; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() |
| 2953 | ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). |
| 2954 | ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is |
| 2955 | ImRect WorkRect; |
| 2956 | ImRect InnerClipRect; |
| 2957 | ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill, evolve during the frame as we cross frozen rows boundaries |
| 2958 | ImRect Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped |
| 2959 | ImRect Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect. |
| 2960 | ImRect HostClipRect; // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window. |
| 2961 | ImRect HostBackupInnerClipRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground() |
| 2962 | ImGuiWindow* OuterWindow; // Parent window for the table |
| 2963 | ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window) |
| 2964 | ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names |
| 2965 | ImDrawListSplitter* DrawSplitter; // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly |
| 2966 | ImGuiTableInstanceData InstanceDataFirst; |
| 2967 | ImVector<ImGuiTableInstanceData> InstanceDataExtra; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. |
| 2968 | ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle; |
| 2969 | ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. |
| 2970 | ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() |
| 2971 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount; |
| 2972 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) |
| 2973 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns using fixed width (<= ColumnsCount) |
| 2974 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn() |
| 2975 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx AngledHeadersCount; // Count columns with angled headers |
| 2976 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column! |
| 2977 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing). |
| 2978 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx HighlightColumnHeader; // Index of column which should be highlighted. |
| 2979 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit. |
| 2980 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0. |
| 2981 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame. |
| 2982 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx HeldHeaderColumn; // Index of column header being held. |
| 2983 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumn; // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared) |
| 2984 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumnDir; // -1 or +1 |
| 2985 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostEnabledColumn; // Index of left-most non-hidden column. |
| 2986 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostEnabledColumn; // Index of right-most non-hidden column. |
| 2987 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostStretchedColumn; // Index of left-most stretched column. |
| 2988 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostStretchedColumn; // Index of right-most stretched column. |
| 2989 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx ContextPopupColumn; // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot |
| 2990 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsRequest; // Requested frozen rows count |
| 2991 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsCount; // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) |
| 2992 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsRequest; // Requested frozen columns count |
| 2993 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsCount; // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) |
| 2994 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx RowCellDataCurrent; // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row |
| 2995 | ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DummyDrawChannel; // Redirect non-visible columns here. |
| 2996 | ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelCurrent; // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] |
| 2997 | ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; |
| 2998 | bool IsLayoutLocked; // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row. |
| 2999 | bool IsInsideRow; // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow(). |
| 3000 | bool IsInitializing; |
| 3001 | bool IsSortSpecsDirty; |
| 3002 | bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag. |
| 3003 | bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted). |
| 3004 | bool DisableDefaultContextMenu; // Disable default context menu contents. You may submit your own using TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/EndPopup() |
| 3005 | bool IsSettingsRequestLoad; |
| 3006 | bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data. |
| 3007 | bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1) |
| 3008 | bool IsResetAllRequest; |
| 3009 | bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; |
| 3010 | bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. |
| 3011 | bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() |
| 3012 | bool IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable; |
| 3013 | bool IsActiveIdInTable; |
| 3014 | bool HasScrollbarYCurr; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame. |
| 3015 | bool HasScrollbarYPrev; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous. |
| 3016 | bool MemoryCompacted; |
| 3017 | bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | ImGuiTable() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; } |
| 3020 | ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); } |
| 3021 | }; |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | // Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). |
| 3024 | // - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. |
| 3025 | // - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. |
| 3026 | // FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs. |
| 3027 | // sizeof() ~ 136 bytes. |
| 3028 | struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData |
| 3029 | { |
| 3030 | int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool |
| 3031 | float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used |
| 3032 | float AngledHeadersExtraWidth; // Used in EndTable() |
| 3033 | ImVector<ImGuiTableHeaderData> AngledHeadersRequests; // Used in TableAngledHeadersRow() |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() |
| 3036 | ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable() |
| 3039 | ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable() |
| 3040 | ImVec2 HostBackupPrevLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable() |
| 3041 | ImVec2 HostBackupCurrLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable() |
| 3042 | ImVec2 HostBackupCursorMaxPos; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable() |
| 3043 | ImVec1 HostBackupColumnsOffset; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable() |
| 3044 | float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable() |
| 3045 | int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable() |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | ImGuiTableTempData() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; } |
| 3048 | }; |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | // sizeof() ~ 12 |
| 3051 | struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings |
| 3052 | { |
| 3053 | float WidthOrWeight; |
| 3054 | ImGuiID UserID; |
| 3055 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index; |
| 3056 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; |
| 3057 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; |
| 3058 | ImU8 SortDirection : 2; |
| 3059 | ImU8 IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file |
| 3060 | ImU8 IsStretch : 1; |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 | ImGuiTableColumnSettings() |
| 3063 | { |
| 3064 | WidthOrWeight = 0.0f; |
| 3065 | UserID = 0; |
| 3066 | Index = -1; |
| 3067 | DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1; |
| 3068 | SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; |
| 3069 | IsEnabled = 1; |
| 3070 | IsStretch = 0; |
| 3071 | } |
| 3072 | }; |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | // This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.) |
| 3075 | struct ImGuiTableSettings |
| 3076 | { |
| 3077 | ImGuiID ID; // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting |
| 3078 | ImGuiTableFlags SaveFlags; // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..) |
| 3079 | float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. |
| 3080 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCount; |
| 3081 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCountMax; // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher |
| 3082 | bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | ImGuiTableSettings() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); } |
| 3085 | ImGuiTableColumnSettings* GetColumnSettings() { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); } |
| 3086 | }; |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3089 | // [SECTION] ImGui internal API |
| 3090 | // No guarantee of forward compatibility here! |
| 3091 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | namespace ImGui |
| 3094 | { |
| 3095 | // Windows |
| 3096 | // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window) |
| 3097 | // If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either: |
| 3098 | // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal. |
| 3099 | // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. |
| 3100 | inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; } |
| 3101 | inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; } |
| 3102 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); |
| 3103 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); |
| 3104 | IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); |
| 3105 | IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3106 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3107 | IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy); |
| 3108 | IMGUI_API bool IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); |
| 3109 | IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below); |
| 3110 | IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3111 | IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); |
| 3112 | IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); |
| 3113 | IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); |
| 3114 | IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); |
| 3115 | IMGUI_API void SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3116 | inline void SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = parent_window; } |
| 3117 | inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } |
| 3118 | inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } |
| 3119 | inline ImVec2 WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); } |
| 3120 | inline ImVec2 WindowPosAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x - off.x, p.y - off.y); } |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order |
| 3123 | IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0); |
| 3124 | IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags); |
| 3125 | IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3126 | IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3127 | IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3128 | IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* above_window); |
| 3129 | IMGUI_API int FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3130 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | // Windows: Idle, Refresh Policies [EXPERIMENTAL] |
| 3133 | IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags); |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | // Fonts, drawing |
| 3136 | IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); |
| 3137 | inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } |
| 3138 | inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. |
| 3139 | IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. |
| 3140 | IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. |
| 3141 | IMGUI_API void AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | // Init |
| 3144 | IMGUI_API void Initialize(); |
| 3145 | IMGUI_API void Shutdown(); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 | // NewFrame |
| 3148 | IMGUI_API void UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs); |
| 3149 | IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); |
| 3150 | IMGUI_API void FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window); |
| 3151 | IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3152 | IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); |
| 3153 | IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | // Generic context hooks |
| 3156 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook); |
| 3157 | IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove); |
| 3158 | IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type); |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | // Viewports |
| 3161 | IMGUI_API void SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport); |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | // Settings |
| 3164 | IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); |
| 3165 | IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3166 | IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings(); |
| 3167 | IMGUI_API void AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); |
| 3168 | IMGUI_API void RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); |
| 3169 | IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 | // Settings - Windows |
| 3172 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); |
| 3173 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id); |
| 3174 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3175 | IMGUI_API void ClearWindowSettings(const char* name); |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | // Localization |
| 3178 | IMGUI_API void LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count); |
| 3179 | inline const char* LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; } |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | // Scrolling |
| 3182 | IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x); |
| 3183 | IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y); |
| 3184 | IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio); |
| 3185 | IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio); |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 | // Early work-in-progress API (ScrollToItem() will become public) |
| 3188 | IMGUI_API void ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); |
| 3189 | IMGUI_API void ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); |
| 3190 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); |
| 3191 | //#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS |
| 3192 | inline void ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) { ScrollToRect(window, rect, flags: ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY); } |
| 3193 | //#endif |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | // Basic Accessors |
| 3196 | inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } |
| 3197 | inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; } |
| 3198 | inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } |
| 3199 | inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } |
| 3200 | IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3201 | IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3202 | IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID(); |
| 3203 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetHoveredID(); |
| 3204 | IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id); |
| 3205 | IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id); |
| 3206 | IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. |
| 3207 | IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) |
| 3208 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed); |
| 3209 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed); |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | // Basic Helpers for widget code |
| 3212 | IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); |
| 3213 | inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(size: bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. |
| 3214 | IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); |
| 3215 | IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags); |
| 3216 | IMGUI_API bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); |
| 3217 | IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); |
| 3218 | IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); |
| 3219 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); |
| 3220 | IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); |
| 3221 | IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); |
| 3222 | IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | // Parameter stacks (shared) |
| 3225 | IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx); |
| 3226 | IMGUI_API void BeginDisabledOverrideReenable(); |
| 3227 | IMGUI_API void EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | // Logging/Capture |
| 3230 | IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. |
| 3231 | IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer |
| 3232 | IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); |
| 3233 | IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix); |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | // Childs |
| 3236 | IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | // Popups, Modals |
| 3239 | IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); |
| 3240 | IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); |
| 3241 | IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); |
| 3242 | IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); |
| 3243 | IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsExceptModals(); |
| 3244 | IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); |
| 3245 | IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3246 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); |
| 3247 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); |
| 3248 | IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3249 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3250 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | // Tooltips |
| 3253 | IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); |
| 3254 | IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipHidden(); |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | // Menus |
| 3257 | IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); |
| 3258 | IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true); |
| 3259 | IMGUI_API bool MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | // Combos |
| 3262 | IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags); |
| 3263 | IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPreview(); |
| 3264 | IMGUI_API void EndComboPreview(); |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation |
| 3267 | IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); |
| 3268 | IMGUI_API void NavInitRequestApplyResult(); |
| 3269 | IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet(); |
| 3270 | IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); |
| 3271 | IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); |
| 3272 | IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); |
| 3273 | IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data); |
| 3274 | IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); |
| 3275 | IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); |
| 3276 | IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); |
| 3277 | IMGUI_API void NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id); |
| 3278 | IMGUI_API void NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis); |
| 3279 | IMGUI_API void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); |
| 3280 | IMGUI_API void NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); |
| 3281 | IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3282 | IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); |
| 3283 | IMGUI_API void SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id); |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | // Focus/Activation |
| 3286 | // This should be part of a larger set of API: FocusItem(offset = -1), FocusItemByID(id), ActivateItem(offset = -1), ActivateItemByID(id) etc. which are |
| 3287 | // much harder to design and implement than expected. I have a couple of private branches on this matter but it's not simple. For now implementing the easy ones. |
| 3288 | IMGUI_API void FocusItem(); // Focus last item (no selection/activation). |
| 3289 | IMGUI_API void ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id); // Activate an item by ID (button, checkbox, tree node etc.). Activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | // Inputs |
| 3292 | // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. |
| 3293 | inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } |
| 3294 | inline bool IsNamedKeyOrMod(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; } |
| 3295 | inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } |
| 3296 | inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; } |
| 3297 | inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } |
| 3298 | inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; } |
| 3299 | inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } |
| 3300 | inline bool IsModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; } |
| 3301 | ImGuiKeyChord FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); |
| 3302 | inline ImGuiKey ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key) |
| 3303 | { |
| 3304 | if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl; |
| 3305 | if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift; |
| 3306 | if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt; |
| 3307 | if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper; |
| 3308 | return key; |
| 3309 | } |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key); |
| 3312 | inline ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return GetKeyData(ctx: &g, key); } |
| 3313 | IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); |
| 3314 | inline ImGuiKey MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button) { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); } |
| 3315 | IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); |
| 3316 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down); |
| 3317 | IMGUI_API float GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis); |
| 3318 | IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); |
| 3319 | IMGUI_API void GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate); |
| 3320 | IMGUI_API void TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos); |
| 3321 | IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); |
| 3322 | inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership |
| 3325 | // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id. |
| 3326 | // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead). |
| 3327 | // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID. |
| 3328 | // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0). |
| 3329 | // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore: |
| 3330 | // - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case). |
| 3331 | // - for ownership registration happening ahead of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call needs to be made every frame (happens if e.g. claiming ownership on hover). |
| 3332 | // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state. |
| 3333 | // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step. |
| 3334 | // Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved. |
| 3335 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); |
| 3336 | IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); |
| 3337 | IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); |
| 3338 | IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. |
| 3339 | IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' |
| 3340 | inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 | // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership |
| 3343 | // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag. |
| 3344 | // - Expected to be later promoted to public API, the prototypes are designed to replace existing ones (since owner_id can default to Any == 0) |
| 3345 | // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'. |
| 3346 | // Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. |
| 3347 | // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API. |
| 3348 | IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); |
| 3349 | IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. |
| 3350 | IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); |
| 3351 | IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); |
| 3352 | IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); |
| 3353 | IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); |
| 3354 | IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); |
| 3355 | IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | // Shortcut Testing & Routing |
| 3358 | // - Set Shortcut() and SetNextItemShortcut() in imgui.h |
| 3359 | // - When a policy (except for ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(), |
| 3360 | // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls. |
| 3361 | // (* using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key) and bypassing route registration and check) |
| 3362 | // - When using one of the routing option: |
| 3363 | // - The default route is ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.) |
| 3364 | // - Routes are requested given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy. |
| 3365 | // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame. |
| 3366 | // - Each route may be granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route (e.g. deep most window). |
| 3367 | // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id can all access the granted route. |
| 3368 | // - When owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a owner ID in order to identify our location. |
| 3369 | // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute() |
| 3370 | // e.g. if you have a tool window associated to a document, and you want document shortcuts to run when the tool is focused. |
| 3371 | IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); |
| 3372 | IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0 |
| 3373 | IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); |
| 3374 | IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 | // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope |
| 3377 | // This is generally used to identify a unique input location (for e.g. a selection set) |
| 3378 | // There is one per window (automatically set in Begin), but: |
| 3379 | // - Selection patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear a selection) when landing on one item of the set. |
| 3380 | // So in order to identify a set multiple lists in same window may each need a focus scope. |
| 3381 | // If you imagine an hypothetical BeginSelectionGroup()/EndSelectionGroup() api, it would likely call PushFocusScope()/EndFocusScope() |
| 3382 | // - Shortcut routing also use focus scope as a default location identifier if an owner is not provided. |
| 3383 | // We don't use the ID Stack for this as it is common to want them separate. |
| 3384 | IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); |
| 3385 | IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); |
| 3386 | inline ImGuiID GetCurrentFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() |
| 3387 | |
| 3388 | // Drag and Drop |
| 3389 | IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropActive(); |
| 3390 | IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); |
| 3391 | IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); |
| 3392 | IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); |
| 3393 | IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect); |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | // Typing-Select API |
| 3396 | IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags = ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None); |
| 3397 | IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); |
| 3398 | IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); |
| 3399 | IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data); |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | // Box-Select API |
| 3402 | IMGUI_API bool BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID box_select_id, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags); |
| 3403 | IMGUI_API void EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags); |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | // Multi-Select API |
| 3406 | IMGUI_API void MultiSelectItemHeader(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, ImGuiButtonFlags* p_button_flags); |
| 3407 | IMGUI_API void MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed); |
| 3408 | IMGUI_API void MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected); |
| 3409 | IMGUI_API void MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item); |
| 3410 | inline ImGuiBoxSelectState* GetBoxSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.BoxSelectState.ID == id && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive) ? &g.BoxSelectState : NULL; } |
| 3411 | inline ImGuiMultiSelectState* GetMultiSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.MultiSelectStorage.GetByKey(key: id); } |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) |
| 3414 | IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); |
| 3415 | IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). |
| 3416 | IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns |
| 3417 | IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index); |
| 3418 | IMGUI_API void PushColumnsBackground(); |
| 3419 | IMGUI_API void PopColumnsBackground(); |
| 3420 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count); |
| 3421 | IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); |
| 3422 | IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm); |
| 3423 | IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset); |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | // Tables: Candidates for public API |
| 3426 | IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); |
| 3427 | IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); |
| 3428 | IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); |
| 3429 | IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredRow(); // Retrieve *PREVIOUS FRAME* hovered row. This difference with TableGetHoveredColumn() is the reason why this is not public yet. |
| 3430 | IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); |
| 3431 | IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth(); |
| 3432 | IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); |
| 3433 | IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); |
| 3434 | IMGUI_API void TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count); |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | // Tables: Internals |
| 3437 | inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; } |
| 3438 | IMGUI_API ImGuiTable* TableFindByID(ImGuiID id); |
| 3439 | IMGUI_API bool BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f); |
| 3440 | IMGUI_API void TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count); |
| 3441 | IMGUI_API void TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3442 | IMGUI_API void TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3443 | IMGUI_API void TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3444 | IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3445 | IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3446 | IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3447 | IMGUI_API void TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display); |
| 3448 | IMGUI_API bool TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3449 | IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3450 | inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } |
| 3451 | inline ImGuiID TableGetInstanceID(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { return TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no)->TableInstanceID; } |
| 3452 | IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3453 | IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3454 | IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); |
| 3455 | IMGUI_API void TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); |
| 3456 | IMGUI_API float TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); |
| 3457 | IMGUI_API void TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3458 | IMGUI_API void TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3459 | IMGUI_API void TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); |
| 3460 | IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3461 | IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); |
| 3462 | IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); |
| 3463 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); |
| 3464 | IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); |
| 3465 | IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); |
| 3466 | IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3467 | IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3468 | IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3469 | IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table); |
| 3470 | IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactSettings(); |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | // Tables: Settings |
| 3473 | IMGUI_API void TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3474 | IMGUI_API void TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3475 | IMGUI_API void TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3476 | IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3477 | IMGUI_API void TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); |
| 3478 | IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count); |
| 3479 | IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | // Tab Bars |
| 3482 | inline ImGuiTabBar* GetCurrentTabBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTabBar; } |
| 3483 | IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags); |
| 3484 | IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); |
| 3485 | IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order); |
| 3486 | IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); |
| 3487 | inline int TabBarGetTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { return tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(it: tab); } |
| 3488 | IMGUI_API const char* TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); |
| 3489 | IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); |
| 3490 | IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); |
| 3491 | IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); |
| 3492 | IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); |
| 3493 | IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); |
| 3494 | IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); |
| 3495 | IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window); |
| 3496 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker); |
| 3497 | IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3498 | IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); |
| 3499 | IMGUI_API void TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped); |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | // Render helpers |
| 3502 | // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. |
| 3503 | // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally) |
| 3504 | IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true); |
| 3505 | IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width); |
| 3506 | IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); |
| 3507 | IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); |
| 3508 | IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); |
| 3509 | IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); |
| 3510 | IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); |
| 3511 | IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); |
| 3512 | IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None); // Navigation highlight |
| 3513 | IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. |
| 3514 | IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) |
| 3517 | IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); |
| 3518 | IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col); |
| 3519 | IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); |
| 3520 | IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); |
| 3521 | IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); |
| 3522 | IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | // Widgets |
| 3525 | IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); |
| 3526 | IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); |
| 3527 | IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); |
| 3528 | IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); |
| 3529 | IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness = 1.0f); |
| 3530 | IMGUI_API void SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width); |
| 3531 | IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); |
| 3532 | IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | // Widgets: Window Decorations |
| 3535 | IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); |
| 3536 | IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); |
| 3537 | IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); |
| 3538 | IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 avail_v, ImS64 contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags); |
| 3539 | IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); |
| 3540 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); |
| 3541 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners |
| 3542 | IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir); |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | // Widgets low-level behaviors |
| 3545 | IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); |
| 3546 | IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); |
| 3547 | IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); |
| 3548 | IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0); |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | // Widgets: Tree Nodes |
| 3551 | IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); |
| 3552 | IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); |
| 3553 | IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeGetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id); |
| 3554 | IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, bool open); |
| 3555 | IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. |
| 3558 | // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). |
| 3559 | // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT<float, float>(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); " |
| 3560 | template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T> IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); |
| 3561 | template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T> IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); |
| 3562 | template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T> IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); |
| 3563 | template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T> IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); |
| 3564 | template<typename T> IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); |
| 3565 | template<typename T> IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value); |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | // Data type helpers |
| 3568 | IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); |
| 3569 | IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); |
| 3570 | IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); |
| 3571 | IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty = NULL); |
| 3572 | IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); |
| 3573 | IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | // InputText |
| 3576 | IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); |
| 3577 | IMGUI_API void InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id); |
| 3578 | IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); |
| 3579 | IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); |
| 3580 | inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } |
| 3581 | inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active |
| 3582 | IMGUI_API void SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data); |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | // Color |
| 3585 | IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); |
| 3586 | IMGUI_API void ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); |
| 3587 | IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | // Plot |
| 3590 | IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg); |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) |
| 3593 | IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); |
| 3594 | IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); |
| 3595 | IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out); |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | // Garbage collection |
| 3598 | IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); |
| 3599 | IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3600 | IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | // Debug Tools |
| 3603 | IMGUI_API void DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free |
| 3604 | IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); |
| 3605 | IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); |
| 3606 | IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); |
| 3607 | IMGUI_API void DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); |
| 3608 | IMGUI_API void DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); |
| 3609 | IMGUI_API void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); |
| 3610 | IMGUI_API void DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end); |
| 3611 | IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time! |
| 3612 | IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time! |
| 3613 | IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); |
| 3614 | IMGUI_API void DebugBreakClearData(); |
| 3615 | IMGUI_API bool DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location); |
| 3616 | IMGUI_API void DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location); |
| 3617 | IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); |
| 3618 | IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); |
| 3619 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); |
| 3620 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); |
| 3621 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); |
| 3622 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font); |
| 3623 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph); |
| 3624 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label); |
| 3625 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); |
| 3626 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); |
| 3627 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); |
| 3628 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); |
| 3629 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* state); |
| 3630 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeMultiSelectState(ImGuiMultiSelectState* state); |
| 3631 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); |
| 3632 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); |
| 3633 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label); |
| 3634 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack); |
| 3635 | IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); |
| 3636 | IMGUI_API void DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list); |
| 3637 | IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | // Obsolete functions |
| 3640 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS |
| 3641 | inline void SetItemUsingMouseWheel() { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); } // Changed in 1.89 |
| 3642 | inline bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0) { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(storage_id: id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.89 |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 | //inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity! |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets which used FocusableItemRegister(): |
| 3647 | // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' |
| 3648 | // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' |
| 3649 | // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))' |
| 3650 | //inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() |
| 3651 | //inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem |
| 3652 | #endif |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | } // namespace ImGui |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3658 | // [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API |
| 3659 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | // This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates |
| 3662 | struct ImFontBuilderIO |
| 3663 | { |
| 3664 | bool (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas); |
| 3665 | }; |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 | // Helper for font builder |
| 3668 | #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE |
| 3669 | IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); |
| 3670 | #endif |
| 3671 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas); |
| 3672 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); |
| 3673 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); |
| 3674 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); |
| 3675 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); |
| 3676 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value); |
| 3677 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value); |
| 3678 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); |
| 3679 | IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3682 | // [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) |
| 3683 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 | #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE |
| 3686 | extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiLastItemData* item_data); // item_data may be NULL |
| 3687 | extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); |
| 3688 | extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); |
| 3689 | extern const char* ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | // In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18934: changed IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb,id) to IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id,bb,item_data); |
| 3692 | #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _ID, _BB, _ITEM_DATA) // Register item bounding box |
| 3693 | #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) |
| 3694 | #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log |
| 3695 | #else |
| 3696 | #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) ((void)0) |
| 3697 | #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) ((void)g) |
| 3698 | #endif |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 | #if defined(__clang__) |
| 3703 | #pragma clang diagnostic pop |
| 3704 | #elif defined(__GNUC__) |
| 3705 | #pragma GCC diagnostic pop |
| 3706 | #endif |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 3709 | #pragma warning (pop) |
| 3710 | #endif |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE |
| 3713 |
Definitions
- ImQsort
- ImIsPowerOfTwo
- ImIsPowerOfTwo
- ImUpperPowerOfTwo
- ImToUpper
- ImCharIsBlankA
- ImCharIsBlankW
- ImCharIsXdigitA
- ImPow
- ImPow
- ImLog
- ImLog
- ImAbs
- ImAbs
- ImAbs
- ImSign
- ImSign
- ImRsqrt
- ImRsqrt
- ImMin
- ImMax
- ImClamp
- ImLerp
- ImSwap
- ImAddClampOverflow
- ImSubClampOverflow
- ImMin
- ImMax
- ImClamp
- ImLerp
- ImLerp
- ImLerp
- ImSaturate
- ImLengthSqr
- ImLengthSqr
- ImInvLength
- ImTrunc
- ImTrunc
- ImFloor
- ImFloor
- ImModPositive
- ImDot
- ImRotate
- ImLinearSweep
- ImLinearRemapClamp
- ImMul
- ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision
- ImExponentialMovingAverage
- ImTriangleArea
- ImTriangleIsClockwise
- ImVec1
- ImVec1
- ImVec1
- ImVec2ih
- ImVec2ih
- ImVec2ih
- ImVec2ih
- ImRect
- ImRect
- ImRect
- ImRect
- ImRect
- GetCenter
- GetSize
- GetWidth
- GetHeight
- GetArea
- GetTL
- GetTR
- GetBL
- GetBR
- Contains
- Contains
- ContainsWithPad
- Overlaps
- Add
- Add
- Expand
- Expand
- Translate
- TranslateX
- TranslateY
- ClipWith
- ClipWithFull
- Floor
- IsInverted
- ToVec4
- ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes
- ImBitArrayClearAllBits
- ImBitArrayTestBit
- ImBitArrayClearBit
- ImBitArraySetBit
- ImBitArraySetBitRange
- ImBitArray
- ImBitArray
- ClearAllBits
- SetAllBits
- TestBit
- SetBit
- ClearBit
- SetBitRange
- operator[]
- ImBitVector
- Create
- Clear
- TestBit
- SetBit
- ClearBit
- ImSpan
- ImSpan
- ImSpan
- ImSpan
- set
- set
- size
- size_in_bytes
- operator[]
- operator[]
- begin
- begin
- end
- end
- index_from_ptr
- ImSpanAllocator
- ImSpanAllocator
- Reserve
- GetArenaSizeInBytes
- SetArenaBasePtr
- GetSpanPtrBegin
- GetSpanPtrEnd
- GetSpan
- ImPool
- ImPool
- ~ImPool
- GetByKey
- GetByIndex
- GetIndex
- GetOrAddByKey
- Contains
- Clear
- Add
- Remove
- Remove
- Reserve
- GetAliveCount
- GetBufSize
- GetMapSize
- TryGetMapData
- ImChunkStream
- clear
- empty
- size
- alloc_chunk
- begin
- next_chunk
- chunk_size
- end
- offset_from_ptr
- ptr_from_offset
- swap
- ImGuiTextIndex
- clear
- size
- get_line_begin
- get_line_end
- ImDrawListSharedData
- ImDrawDataBuilder
- ImDrawDataBuilder
- ImGuiDataVarInfo
- GetVarPtr
- ImGuiDataTypeStorage
- ImGuiDataTypeInfo
- ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
- ImGuiItemFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
- ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiSeparatorFlags_
- ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_
- ImGuiTextFlags_
- ImGuiTooltipFlags_
- ImGuiLayoutType_
- ImGuiLogType
- ImGuiAxis
- ImGuiPlotType
- ImGuiColorMod
- ImGuiStyleMod
- ImGuiStyleMod
- ImGuiStyleMod
- ImGuiStyleMod
- ImGuiComboPreviewData
- ImGuiComboPreviewData
- ImGuiGroupData
- ImGuiMenuColumns
- ImGuiMenuColumns
- ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState
- ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState
- ClearFreeMemory
- ImGuiInputTextState
- ImGuiInputTextState
- ClearText
- ClearFreeMemory
- GetUndoAvailCount
- GetRedoAvailCount
- CursorAnimReset
- CursorClamp
- HasSelection
- ClearSelection
- GetCursorPos
- GetSelectionStart
- GetSelectionEnd
- SelectAll
- ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll
- ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection
- ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd
- ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
- ImGuiNextWindowData
- ImGuiNextWindowData
- ClearFlags
- ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
- ImGuiNextItemData
- ImGuiNextItemData
- ClearFlags
- ImGuiLastItemData
- ImGuiLastItemData
- ImGuiTreeNodeStackData
- ImGuiStackSizes
- ImGuiStackSizes
- ImGuiWindowStackData
- ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
- ImGuiPtrOrIndex
- ImGuiPtrOrIndex
- ImGuiPtrOrIndex
- ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
- ImGuiPopupData
- ImGuiPopupData
- ImGuiInputEventType
- ImGuiInputSource
- ImGuiInputEventMousePos
- ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel
- ImGuiInputEventMouseButton
- ImGuiInputEventKey
- ImGuiInputEventText
- ImGuiInputEventAppFocused
- ImGuiInputEvent
- ImGuiInputEvent
- ImGuiKeyRoutingData
- ImGuiKeyRoutingData
- ImGuiKeyRoutingTable
- ImGuiKeyRoutingTable
- Clear
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData
- ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiListClipperRange
- FromIndices
- FromPositions
- ImGuiListClipperData
- ImGuiListClipperData
- Reset
- ImGuiActivateFlags_
- ImGuiScrollFlags_
- ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_
- ImGuiNavLayer
- ImGuiNavItemData
- ImGuiNavItemData
- Clear
- ImGuiFocusScopeData
- ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_
- ImGuiTypingSelectRequest
- ImGuiTypingSelectState
- ImGuiTypingSelectState
- Clear
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags_
- ImGuiOldColumnData
- ImGuiOldColumnData
- ImGuiOldColumns
- ImGuiOldColumns
- ImGuiBoxSelectState
- ImGuiBoxSelectState
- ImGuiMultiSelectTempData
- ImGuiMultiSelectTempData
- Clear
- ClearIO
- ImGuiMultiSelectState
- ImGuiMultiSelectState
- ImGuiViewportP
- ImGuiViewportP
- ~ImGuiViewportP
- CalcWorkRectPos
- CalcWorkRectSize
- UpdateWorkRect
- GetMainRect
- GetWorkRect
- GetBuildWorkRect
- ImGuiWindowSettings
- ImGuiWindowSettings
- GetName
- ImGuiSettingsHandler
- ImGuiSettingsHandler
- ImGuiLocKey
- ImGuiLocEntry
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_
- ImGuiDebugAllocEntry
- ImGuiDebugAllocInfo
- ImGuiDebugAllocInfo
- ImGuiMetricsConfig
- ImGuiStackLevelInfo
- ImGuiStackLevelInfo
- ImGuiIDStackTool
- ImGuiIDStackTool
- ImGuiContextHookType
- ImGuiContextHook
- ImGuiContextHook
- ImGuiContext
- ImGuiContext
- ImGuiWindowTempData
- ImGuiWindow
- Rect
- CalcFontSize
- TitleBarRect
- MenuBarRect
- ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
- ImGuiTabItem
- ImGuiTabItem
- ImGuiTabBar
- ImGuiTableColumn
- ImGuiTableColumn
- ImGuiTableCellData
- ImGuiTableHeaderData
- ImGuiTableInstanceData
- ImGuiTableInstanceData
- ImGuiTable
- ImGuiTable
- ~ImGuiTable
- ImGuiTableTempData
- ImGuiTableTempData
- ImGuiTableColumnSettings
- ImGuiTableColumnSettings
- ImGuiTableSettings
- ImGuiTableSettings
- GetColumnSettings
- GetCurrentWindowRead
- GetCurrentWindow
- SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute
- WindowRectAbsToRel
- WindowRectRelToAbs
- WindowPosRelToAbs
- WindowPosAbsToRel
- GetDefaultFont
- GetForegroundDrawList
- LocalizeGetMsg
- ScrollToBringRectIntoView
- GetItemStatusFlags
- GetItemFlags
- GetActiveID
- GetFocusID
- ItemSize
- IsNamedKey
- IsNamedKeyOrMod
- IsLegacyKey
- IsKeyboardKey
- IsGamepadKey
- IsMouseKey
- IsAliasKey
- IsModKey
- ConvertSingleModFlagToKey
- GetKeyData
- MouseButtonToKey
- IsActiveIdUsingNavDir
- GetKeyOwnerData
- GetCurrentFocusScope
- GetBoxSelectState
- GetMultiSelectState
- GetCurrentTable
- TableGetInstanceData
- TableGetInstanceID
- GetCurrentTabBar
- TabBarGetTabOrder
- TempInputIsActive
- GetInputTextState
- SetItemUsingMouseWheel
- TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen
Learn to use CMake with our Intro Training
Find out more